Submit     Newsletter     Search     Register  
Podcast Junkies on Smash Notes

Podcast Junkies podcast.

March 17, 2020

Podcast Junkies was born out of a genuine interest in and curiosity for this growing league of podcast hosts. It's hosted by Harry Duran. It features wide-ranging, authentic and sometimes candid interviews with this family of voices behind the microphone. The shows themselves cover a variety of topics such as Business, Finance Entrepreneurism, History, Comedy, Storytelling and more. Podcast Junkies explores the motivations behind the podcast's inception and allows the listener to connect on a more personal level with some of their favorite hosts.

Episodes with Smash Notes

James Cridland is a podcaster, writer, public speaker, and a radio host. He is also the founder of Today he shares his view on the future of podcasts, what works, what does not, and what might be the nest big opportunity in the business.

Updated on March 31

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Brenda Salinas Baker who speaks her background and roots, the impact Covid-19 has had on her personally and professionally and her love of storytelling 

15:46 – Brenda discusses her experience in radio and podcasting, including the NPR Kroc Fellowship she earned 

23:29 – Brenda’s work as a producer and mentor at NPR’s Next Generation Project 

31:28 – Brenda opens up about leaving KUT Public Media to become a freelance reporter at 60dB 

36:34 – How Brenda honed her skills as a storyteller during her time at Google 

40:18 – How Google is approaching the podcasting medium and early learnings they have gleaned 

46:25 – Strategies and best practices for discoverability and leveraging YouTube as a tool for podcasting 

52:04 – Ongoing podcast projects that Google is working on and what excites Brenda about the future of audio and podcasting 

58:08 – What is something that Brenda has changed her mind about recently and what is the most misunderstood thing about Brenda

1:01:22 – Harry thanks Brenda for joining the show, and let’s listeners know where they can follow her


“Everybody says now that coronavirus hit, the world that we had pre-Covid isn’t coming back. In many ways it shouldn’t come back. There were things about that world that were very wrong. And so the fact that we’re applying our imagination to create a new world post-Covid gives me a lot of hope.”

“If you’re making content for everybody, you’re making content for nobody these days.”

“I always tell people radio is a visual medium. It’s just that the screen is in your own head. They call it theater of the mind.”

“Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and make it useful. And that is why Google cares so much about the open web and the RSS ecosystem in podcasting.”

“The first couple minutes of a podcast are incredibly important. If you manage to get people past the first couple of minutes of your podcast, they’ll basically stick with you the whole way through. So, when you’re scripting a podcast, I think having really clear introductions is important. I personally don’t think every podcast can get away with doing a pre-roll.”




*FullCast Website *

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Brenada’s LinkedIn

Brenda’s Website

Brenda’s Instagram – @brendasalinasbaker

Brenda’s Twitter – @brendapsalinas

Brenda’s Facebook

Google Podcasts Creator Program

Google News Initiative

Podcast Movement


Podfest Global Summit Aug 10-17

Podcast Production & Marketing by FullCast

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Heneka Watkis-Porter who shares her background and roots, her podcasting genesis story and how she and Harry met

15:22 – Heneka speaks to her entrepreneurial journey and the mentors who guided her along the way

21:35 – Heneka’s drive and motivation to want more out of her career and life

23:02 – The inspiration to start The Entrepreneurial You podcast and the story of how Heneka met Richard Branson

28:14 – Heneka reflects on transitioning from radio to podcasting and the major differences between the two

35:11 – Heneka speaks to the burning desire to become a published author and the most important lesson she learned from writing Podcast Power

42:14 – Heneka talks about how she leveraged her podcast to get press passes for events and build meaningful relationships with others

46:25 – Upcoming projects Heneka is working on for 2020 and beyond

48:34 – What is something that Heneka has changed her mind about recently

50:10 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Heneka

51:08 – Harry thanks Heneka for joining the show and let’s listeners know where they can follow her


“When I told him about the idea of doing a radio show, he said to me, ‘here’s how you can make money from it…if sponsors know that they can sponsor a particular segment, then you can break it down. So, you can have different sponsors doing different segments.’”

“When life decides to hand you lemons, you can decide to make lemonade, or you can complain that it’s sour and you complain, and you just don’t do anything about it. So, my circumstance I’ve found is a platform that has just given me such a drive so I’m never comfortable.”

“Entrepreneurship in Jamaica is huge. I think we’re setting the standard for all other Caribbean nations.”

“Doing the podcast and doing it on my own – doing everything – I was taken out of my comfort zone.” 

“I’m really pleased with the outcome and the product [Podcast Power]. I’m looking forward to it being a best-seller!”




FullCast Website 

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Heneka’s LinkedIn

Heneka’s YouTube Channel

Heneka’s Instagram – @heneka_watkis-porter

Heneka’s Twitter – @TheEntrepYou

Heneka’s Facebook

Heneka’s Pinterest

Heneka’s Podcast

Heneka’s Website

Heneka’s Book

Podcast Movement


Here is a shorter link:

Resources for white parents to raise anti-racist children:

Articles to read:

Videos to watch:

Podcasts to subscribe to:

Books to read:

Films and TV series to watch:

  • 13th (Ava DuVernay) — Netflix

  • American Son (Kenny Leon) — Netflix

  • Black Power Mixtape: 1967-1975 — Available to rent

  • Clemency (Chinonye Chukwu) — Available to rent

  • Dear White People (Justin Simien) — Netflix

  • Fruitvale Station (Ryan Coogler) — Available to rent

  • I Am Not Your Negro (James Baldwin doc) — Available to rent or on Kanopy

  • If Beale Street Could Talk (Barry Jenkins) — Hulu

  • Just Mercy (Destin Daniel Cretton) — Available to rent

  • King In The Wilderness  — HBO

  • See You Yesterday (Stefon Bristol) — Netflix

  • Selma (Ava DuVernay) — Available to rent

  • The Black Panthers: Vanguard of the Revolution — Available to rent

  • The Hate U Give (George Tillman Jr.) — Hulu with Cinemax

  • When They See Us (Ava DuVernay) — Netflix

Organizations to follow on social media:

More anti-racism resources to check out:

Document compiled by Sarah Sophie Flicker, Alyssa Klein in May 2020.

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Chris Dufey who shares his background in business and podcasting 

09:56 – Chris discusses his intense work ethic and a huge risk he took early in his business career 

18:08 – The value Chris places on faith 

23:12 – Chris’ podcasting genesis story and obstacles he had to overcome 

31:17 – The evolution of Chris’ podcast and his growth as a host 

39:45 – The difference between interviewing for a podcast and for a documentary 

43:05 – How Chris has been able to use the current global coronavirus crisis as an opportunity to lead 

50:49 – What is something that Chris has changed his mind about recently

53:36 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Chris

57:12 – Harry thanks Chris for joining the show and where listeners can follow Chris


“I’m also a big believer that we don’t have business problems, we have personal problems that affect our business.”

“I’ve always been the type of person where I was like, ‘Look, if you tell me what to do, I’ll run through walls and I’ll make that happen.’”

“That’s something I’m actually really working on now and actually devising a plan on how can I celebrate things better and be more in tune with just enjoying the now. All we have is the now. The history is gone and tomorrow will never come, so all we have is the present.”

“When you have clarity on why you’re doing something, you can withstand storms.”

“The thing for me – the podcast, the documentary, the whole thing – is I want to have cool conversations with cool people. That’s it. I think that’s the coolest thing ever. That’s what lights me up. And, if I can do that for the rest of my life, I’ve won.”

“The limiting beliefs we can have are so terrible. And that’s when you need to be really honest and upfront. And it’s painful and it doesn’t feel good when you do it. But, I’ll tell you what, if you do it now, you will save yourself so much pain and you will be able to feel so much better as well.”




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Podcast Movement


Chris’ Website

Chris’ Podcast Website

Chris’ Documentary Website  

Chris’ Twitter – @ChrisDufey  

Chris’ Instagram – @chrisdufey  

Chris’ Facebook  

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Nicole Holland who shares how she is handling her personal and business life during the throes of this global pandemic 

15:19 – Nicole’s podcast genesis story and how she honed her interviewing skills 

34:15 – What Nicole learned from her experience working as a correction’s officer 

46:04 – Nicole speaks to the many influential mentors she has had throughout her life 

53:18 – Ongoing projects Nicole is working on with her clients 

59:42 – What is something that Nicole has changed her mind about recently

1:00:53 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Nicole

1:02:12 – Harry thanks Nicole for joining the show and let’s listeners know where they can follow her


“Dealing with crisis it’s like autopilot for me. And so, I don’t really feel it until I sit down and go, ‘Ok, now that I’ve looked after everybody else, what do I need?’”

“Mindset is way more important right now than tactics or strategy.”

“You mentioned empathic and that’s just how I came out. And, I’m also just a problem-solver; I see gaps. I’m a strategist by nature.”

“I learned [as a correction’s officer] to be able to just really be there in space – hold space with people. I learned how to not exacerbate situations but to deescalate situations naturally.”

“Podcasting, and podcast guesting, is what I do, but they’re just vehicles. So, whether it’s podcasting, whether it’s podcast guesting, whether it’s social media, whether it’s blogging, whether it’s YouTube, whatever. These are just vehicles to achieve a goal.”




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Podcast Movement


Nicole’s LinkedIn

Nicole’s YouTube Channel

Nicole’s Instagram – @thenicoleholland

Nicole’s Twitter – @niczthename

Nicole’s Facebook

Nicole’s Podcast

Nicole’s Website

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Noah Labhart who speaks to his podcasting genesis story 

14:28 – How Noah mapped out his vision and plan for the Code Story podcast 

22:33 – Noah speaks to how he formats his podcast, including length, production and promotions 

25:46 – How Noah has grown more confident as a podcast host 

29:31 – Noah’s background in technology 

33:50 – Noah talks about his own startup, Veryable, and the initial response he received in the marketplace 

43:01 – Noah’s future plans for the growth of Veryable and the Code Story podcast 

47:03 – What is something that Noah has changed his mind about recently

48:32 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Noah

48:49 – Harry thanks Noah for joining the show and where listeners can follow Noah


“Even, tactically, the first question I ask is, ‘Tell me about you outside of tech.’ It’s something that I use to write the intro. I don’t ever put it into the episode. It’s really just a way for us to warm up with each other, and talk about life, and get acquainted, and sort of connect a little bit before we start talking about the product.”

“I’d say, stereotypically in the tech world, we’re not known for being the best communicators. And I’d say that’s true for me. And so, the idea of talking confidently in a microphone and communicating and elaborating in a clear way was difficult for me.”

“I think it’s interesting, people that I have experienced that have done tech for a long time really get tech because they’re really smart people. But they do have a hard time explaining it. They do have a hard time relating to the masses of how most people see tech.”

“I wish that we [Veryable] had a bigger footprint right now; we don’t. We’re just young and our footprint, we’re happy with it, but we wish we had a bigger footprint so we could help out further.”




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Podcast Movement

Noah’s LinkedIn

Noah’s Website

Noah’s Podcast

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Amy Woods who shares her professional background and podcasting genesis story 

14:38 – Harry and Amy discuss their experience with entrepreneurship, including the learning curve they both encountered 

22:14 – The inspiration to start The Content 10x Podcast and best practices when it comes to repurposing content 

26:15 – How Amy uses links to promote and start a conversation around great content 

33:49 – Measuring client success rate 

39:56 – The success of The Content 10x Podcast and Amy’s growth as a podcast host 

45:40 – Amy speaks to how she coaches her clients on channel/platform engagement 

49:16 – Amy tells the story of the Love Actually spoof 

57:02 – What is something that Amy has changed her mind about recently

58:32 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Amy

59:12 – Harry thanks Amy for joining the show and where listeners can follow Amy


“Something just kinda went off inside me that said, ‘This sounds great but is it really me?’ I actually think I’d rather just have a solid business.”

“Looking at social media, we always look at ‘What works well for people on Instagram isn’t gonna necessarily work well on LinkedIn, isn’t going to work as well on Facebook.’ So, having really platform-specific focuses for the content and really making sure that when you are working on content repurposing that you look at search and social.”

“I think sometimes people do just get bored and then sometimes mistake failure with the fact that actually nothing failed, you just didn’t give it enough chance and you got bored. So, failure and boredom are not the same thing.”

“I always think that I can improve. I’m probably quite hard on myself.”

“I’m always changing lifestyle because of something that I heard on a podcast.”



Register to Win Focusrite’s Podcast Studio Makeover


FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Amy’s LinkedIn

Amy’s Podcast Website

Amy’s Twitter – @content10x

Amy’s Instagram – @content10x

Amy’s Facebook


Podcast Movement

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Ian Gaines who shares his podcasting genesis story 

12:40 – Ian’s Immigration Nerds Podcast, his approach to podcasting and the impact immigration has on our everyday lives 

22:58 – Ian reflects on his career trajectory 

31:56 – How Ian’s passion overcame his uncertainty and led to sustained success 

35:53 – Ian breaks down his team at Erickson Immigration Group

37:54 – Ian recalls one of the most memorable moments from a recent interview he conducted 

43:25 – Ian’s growth as a podcast interviewer 

50:18 – What drives Ian and where he got this motivation 

55:00 – What is something that Ian has changed his mind about recently

56:12 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Ian

57:14 – Harry thanks Ian for joining the show and where listeners can follow Ian


“What is the difference between really compelling storytelling and just people sitting down and just chatting, just talking. So, for me, I’m trying to build a full story arc. And when I’m sitting down and interviewing a guest I’m trying to get into ‘What is the core message? What is the core takeaway?’”

“That [passion] was the only thing that was driving me. I didn’t know if I was gonna be successful at it. I still don’t know even know. I’m just always improving, always trying to raise the level each time.”

“It’s kinda cliché. For 2020, I said that motivation is dead for 2020. I don’t wanna hear any more motivation quotes. I’m motivation quote’d out. That’s all y’all got is words.”

“Until we get to that point…I’m gonna do everything I can do to break in here in this facet. So, immigration, what voice would not be better for this? Young, youthful, forward-thinking, inquisitive, really want to get to the facts, really want to understand what’s going on in this world and how, as a globe, that we can better understand each other.”


Register to Win Focusrite’s Podcast Studio Makeover


Episode transcription on Thisten

FullCast Website

Focusrite $2300 Podcast Studio Makeover

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Ian’s LinkedIn

Immigration Nerds Twitter – @immnerds

Erickson Immigration Group Website

Ian’s Podcast Website

Podcast Movement

Link to Immigration Nerds Podcast Episode featuring Jowanda Jones

Make Noise: A Creator’s Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Danielle Desir who shares her podcasting genesis story 

10:33 – Danielle’s galvanizing nature and struggles she overcame as a community organizer 

17:19 – The growth of WOC Podcasters

19:21 – The inspiration to start The Thought Card podcast 

23:02 – Danielle speaks to her love of travel and the top places she has visited 

27:24 – Danielle’s background and roots and how her circle of friends has changed over time 

33:06 – Danielle’s drive, motivation, and dreams 

37:16 – Breaking barriers as a woman of color and future goals for WOC Podcasters 

45:06 – What is something that Danielle has changed her mind about recently

46:32 – What is the most interesting thing about Danielle

47:07 – Harry thanks Danielle for joining the show and where listeners can follow Danielle


“It’s interesting because when I think about everything in retrospect, one of the questions in the application for Spotify bootcamp was, ‘What do you want to see different in the podcasting industry.’ And, my response to that question was, ‘I want to see a space where we can connect, and be together, and learn from each other.’ But I didn’t want to create the space, I wanted to be part of the space.”

“I just realized that, ya know what, I’m tired of me wanting to do something and me constantly being held back by fear of not having a partner or a cohost. And it really took the community that really pushed me into this [starting a podcast].”

“My travel style is very random. I really follow the flight deal. And that has led me to some really incredible places. I’ve been to Iceland three times. It’s top three by far and it’s because I found cheap flights there. So, I think if you’re open to seeing what comes up you’ll be really surprised at the places that you’ll really fall in love with.”

“I think since my podcast has launched a lot of people in my circle have been inspired to start their own podcasts.”

“Financial independence is definitely the biggest thing that I am working on and it also drives me to be more creative.”


Register to Win Focusrite’s Podcast Studio Makeover


Episode transcription on Thisten

FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Danielle’s LinkedIn

Danielle’s Podcast Website

Danielle’s WOC Podcasters Website

Danielle’s Twitter – @thethoughtcard

Danielle’s Instagram – @thethoughtcard

Danielle’s Facebook


What is the One Thing You Wish You Had Known Before You Started Your Podcast?

06:00 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Hernan Lopez, and speaks to the ongoing global coronavirus pandemic

12:10 – Hernan’s thoughts on the impact coronavirus could have on his business and society for the remainder of 2020 

22:26 – Hernan speaks to shepherding a company through crises and where he gets his inspiration from 

25:33 – How Hernan plans on shifting his business plans and activities during these trying times 

31:02 – Key takeaways Hernan learned from his conversations with other podcasters 

37:40 – The importance Hernan places on diversity 

42:17 – Why Wondery is such an important passion project for Hernan 

44:04 – Hernan’s thoughts on the state of the podcasting industry and promising trends he has noticed 

47:11 – What is something that Hernan has changed his mind about recently 

47:45 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Hernan 

49:03 – Harry thanks Hernan for joining the show and where listeners can follow Hernan


“Another way of putting it, I don’t know who said this but, ‘If you’re going through hell, keep going.’”

“In this environment I think podcasts have this amazing place in people’s hearts because they feel personal, they feel human, they feel intimate, and that’s exactly what people need right now.”

“This is an organization that the goals are to promote, to network, and to recognize excellence.”

“I think that podcasts are still a nascent medium and I think we don’t have enough ways of signaling and recognizing excellence that are given by a non-for-profit, neutral organization.”


Register to Win Focusrite’s Podcast Studio Makeover


FullCast Website

Couch Choir - (They Long To Be) Close To You

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Hernan’s Twitter – @hernanlopez

Hernan’s LinkedIn

Hernan’s Websites

Podcast Movement

00:15 – Harry discusses the timely topic of coronavirus and wishes everyone the best of health 

02:30 – Harry thanks today’s sponsor, Focusrite 2i2

04:07 – Harry takes a moment to recap his conversation with James Cridland

04:38 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Taz Ahmed

05:26 – Harry thanks the second sponsor of today’s podcast, FullCast

05:51 – Taz’s podcasting origin story and the inspiration to start her show, #GoodMuslimBadMuslim 

14:15 – The visibility and public response to #GoodMuslimBadMuslim

17:42 – Taz’s educational background and her decision to become an activist 

23:25 – The work Taz has done to enhance political consciousness among Asian-Americans and what has changed over the years 

33:57 – Trends Taz has observed about the political engagement among younger generations 

39:33 – What continues to drive and motivate Taz 

41:07 – The decision to wrap up the podcast after five successful years and Taz’s plans for the future 

52:49 – What is something that Taz has changed her mind about recently 

53:23 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Taz 

54:10 – Harry thanks Taz for joining the show and lets listeners know where they can follow her

56:38 – Harry thanks his sponsors once more

57:44 – Harry announces the retention hashtag for today’s episode


“I’m not a riffer. Zahra is the comedian. I’m a political activist/organizer. I don’t do well with riffing so I was the one that was like, ‘we need an agenda.’”

“My understanding of civic empowerment and civic engagement is really like, you can’t just say, ‘Go vote.’ You need to tie it to culture. You need to tie it to what’s happening in pop news. You need to tie it to narratives. And that’s really why I got involved in storytelling.”

“What I was trying to do was to shift people’s political consciousness to see themselves as political beings, not just as brown people.”

“The Internet is mean.”

“At this stage of my podcast listening, I love narrative. I love highly produced podcasts. I love fiction podcasts.”




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Focusrite’s $2500 Podcast Studio Makeover Contest

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Taz’s Twitter – @TazzyStar

Taz’s Instagram – @TazzyStar

Taz’s Websites – &

01:07 – Harry takes a moment to remember James Lipton 

01:50 – Focusrite announces a new $2300 Podcast Studio Makeover promotion

02:38 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Juan Sepulveda

05:53 – Juan describes the various trinkets and artifacts he has in his podcast studio 

07:23 – Juan’s background, roots and love of art 

14:46 – Juan recalls receiving the honor of Hispanic Artist of the Year in 2018

16:59 – How Juan first got into podcasting and started his first podcast, The Winding Stairs 

22:14 – The decision to start The Masonic Roundtable Podcast 

25:06 – How Juan discovered Freemasonry 

27:33 – Common misconceptions about The Free Masons 

32:47 – The mission of The Gentlemen’s Brotherhood Podcast 

36:08 – The desire and motivation to be a better man 

40:49 – Juan shares his views on parenting 

47:45 – How the remote podcast medium opens the door to physical community 

49:13 – Juan’s growth as a podcast interviewer and host 

53:11 – What excites Juan about the future of his podcasts 

56:02 – What is something that Juan has changed his mind about recently 

58:01 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Juan

1:01:43 – Where listeners can follow Juan

1:02:23 – Harry thanks Juan for joining the show

1:02:56 – Harry thanks his sponsors once more


“I feel very fortunate that I am naturally inquisitive. I don’t like sitting down and waiting for people to give me things or offer me things. I like actually taking that first step and being the one that is asking.” (11:33)

“Part of the mission of us with The Winding Stairs and The Masonic Roundtable is to actually dispel some of these myths.” (28:07)

“I do think as we work together to actually embrace that kind of awakening – that kind of spiritual uplifting – we have to manage that transition or that interaction with our fellow man in a prudent kind of way.” (32:47)

“This remote connection we have through the podcast medium, it’s a very powerful one, but it’s one that opens the door to that physical community.” (47:45)

“Can we expect our kids to grow up to be great men if the role models they’re looking up to are celebrities, sports figures, musicians? There has to be more resources.” (55:04)




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Focusrite’s $2300 Podcast Studio Makeover Promotion

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Juan’s Podcasts:

The Winding Stairs Freemasonry Podcast

The Gentlemen’s Brotherhood Podcast

The Masonic Roundtable Podcast

The Gentlemen’s Brotherhood YouTube Channel

Juan’s Twitter – @TheGentsBro

Juan’s Instagram – @thegentsbro

Juan’s Facebook

Juan’s Websites

Order of Man Website

The Art of Manliness Website

Podcast Movement

07:13 – Chhavi’s educational background and the genesis of her podcast journey

11:35 – Blazing a trail for podcasters in India 

19:00 – What motivated Chhavi to start podcasting and observations she has made about the podcast industry 

26:56 – Chhavi speaks to podcast trends in India 

31:05 – Chhavi’s background and roots 

33:28 – Where Chhavi gets her drive and motivation 

36:33 – Chhavi’s passion for books 

40:54 – Chhavi recalls her first experiences in the U.S. 

44:04 – Chhavi shares her greatest support system, her father 

45:44 – What is something that Chhavi has changed his mind about recently 

48:51 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Chhavi 

49:46 – Harry thanks Chhavi for joining the show 

50:30 – Where listeners can follow Chhavi


“Absolutely, it is a gateway drug and I’m more than happy for people to come to podcasting however they come to it.” (23:06)

“Independent podcasters unite!” (29:51)

“’Understand that this is wrong but in the exam you will be tested on this. So, you have to produce the wrong answer.’ And this was our professor telling us this. And, I remember being locked. I was just thinking, ‘I can’t do this. I can’t do this anymore.’ So, I just felt so betrayed by the system that I really started to feel so confined and wanted to get out.” (35:58)

“I’m pretty indiscriminate. I’ll read anything. I’ll read a box of shampoo bottles if there’s nothing to read…I just want to like the story, like the protagonist, learn something and be transported.” (37:49)




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Chhavi’s LinkedIn

Chhavi’s Twitter @chhavi  

Chhavi’s Instagram @chhavi_sachdev 

Chhavi’s Website

Podcast Movement


The Murrow Boys: Pioneers on the Front Lines of Broadcast Journalism

Transcription: A Novel

Good to Great: Why Some Companies Make the Leap and Others Don’t

03:38 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Sachit Gupta

04:27 – The genesis of Sachit’s podcast journey

07:02 – The decision to move to San Francisco

09:26 – A fun story about ball bearings and how Sachit became an entrepreneur

14:59 – Harry and Sachit discuss culture shock

17:19 – What Sachit learned from working with Andrew Warner on his show, Mixergy

22:24 – Branching out to work with other podcasters

26:55 – Lessons Sachit has learned from collaborating with a wide array of podcasters

32:12 – The moment Sachit realized he wanted to become a podcaster

34:15 – The process of constructing a show name, concept and guests for Sachit’s podcast

37:37 – Sachit’s interview preparation process

41:45 – What motivates and drives Sachit

45:06 – What Sachit has learned as he proceeds with his show, Conscious Creators Show

49:04 – Mentors that have been influential in Sachit’s life and career

50:10 – Sachit shares three tactical strategies for increased success

51:46 – What is something that Sachit has changed his mind about recently

54:01 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Sachit

54:41 – Harry thanks Sachit for joining the show

54:58 – Where listeners can follow Sachit


“One thing I would add to that is also just growing up in India and moving to the U.S., the more you do it [move] the more you get used to it. And I think that actually translates a lot to the work that I do because when you move from one place to another, it questions a lot of assumptions that you have.” (15:31)

“People miss that the creators that you are passionate about, they actually like hearing stories of people using their stuff.” (25:10)

“What I realized is that people who are the top or the best, they know what they’re good at and for everything else they find people who are good at what they do, and then they give them the room to do it.” (29:03)

“I think it’s the idea of being prepared. To me, when I see people who aren’t prepared I’m like, ‘That’s one thing that’s under your control.’” (43:59)

“It’s (podcasting) just so early where I think people think that everyone has the answers. They don’t. Most people are still experimenting and what’s going to be pioneered in the next five to ten years, is gonna be insane.” (52:25)




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Sachit’s Podcast

Sachit’s LinkedIn

Sachit’s Twitter – @sachitgupta

Sachit’s Instagram – @sachitgupta

Podcast Movement


Podcast production and marketing provided by FullCast

01:39 – Harry thanks today’s sponsor, Focusrite 2i2

02:13 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Colin Morgan

03:12 – Harry thanks the second sponsor of today’s podcast, FullCast

04:28 – How Colin got into podcasting and decided on a format for his show, The Daily Grind

06:39 – Colin discusses his professional golf career

12:58 – The value Colin places on consistency when putting out a podcast

14:43 – How Colin identified guests that would resonate with his audience

17:43 – How Colin honed and refined his interviewing skills

20:20 – What Colin has learned from over four hundred interviews with successful entrepreneurs

24:20 – Transforming a podcast into a business and focusing on the current guest

27:56 – Colin talks about his book, _The Podcast Revenue Generator: Make Money Podcasting _

33:08 – Colin’s entrepreneurial process and how he interacts with his client base

41:20 – Building strong client relationships

44:25 – Colin takes a deep dive into how he prices ad space

47:00 – Measuring the impact of podcast ads

48:51 – Colin speaks to the reception of his book

49:44 – What excites Colin the most about the future of The Daily Grind Podcast

52:10 – What is something that Colin has changed his mind about recently

55:30 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Colin

56:38 – Harry thanks Colin for joining the show

57:54 – Where listeners can follow Colin

59:04 – Harry invites listeners to reach out and connect with him

59:53 – Harry reads another interview review

1:01:39 – Harry reveals this episode’s retention hashtag


“I knew from a young age I wanted to do something myself. I did not want to go into work. I did not want to hold a job. I wanted to be independent and have freedom.” (06:20)

“I was the one who was at the golf course early. My parents would drop me off and they’d have to pick me up after dark cause I didn’t want to leave. And, I’d be at home daydreaming of, ya know, hitting the final putt at The Masters to beat Tiger Woods. It was everything I’d ever wanted.” (11:30)

“Habits are so, so important. People who perform at high levels and who have successful businesses, what they do when no one’s looking is different than everyone else.” (20:59)

“About a year in, instead of focusing on the next guest, I started focusing on the current guest.” (25:33)

“The more times you advertise, the more people are gonna trust in you because they’re gonna realize that I [Colin] trust in you.” (40:45)

“You work so hard to get what you ultimately dreamed of getting, but we’re never taught how we’re supposed to act when we get there.” (53:04)




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Colin’s Podcast

Colin’s LinkedIn

Colin’s Twitter – @colinmorganDG

Daily Grind Instagram – @dailygrindpodcast

Podcast Revenue Generator Book

Podcast Movement


Podcast production and marketing provided by FullCast

01:01 – Harry thanks today’s sponsor, Focusrite 2i2

01:43 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Mark Sullivan

02:37 – Harry thanks the second sponsor of today’s podcast, FullCast

04:56 – Mark talks about his affinity for snowboarding

10:42 – The concept of ‘Kaizen’

14:44 – Mark discusses the current state of print and his experience running a magazine

19:59 – Mark’s professional career as a commentator

21:16 – Mark’s experience at the last Olympic Winter Games in PyeongChang

27:19 – What it takes, in Mark’s opinion, to become an Olympic-caliber athlete

31:24 – How Mark honed and refined his interviewing skills

37:53 – Mark recalls how he got into podcasting and what surprised him about the medium

48:28 – How Mark decided on the format of The Snowboard Project Podcast and feedback he gets from his Tip Line

52:04 – What excites Mark the most about trends in the snowboarding industry

54:51 – What is something that Mark has changed her mind about recently

55:58 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Mark

56:50 – Harry thanks Mark for joining the show

57:07 – Where listeners can follow Mark

59:37 – Harry reveals this episode’s retention hashtag


“I’ve always had this kind of thread of entrepreneurship as well as trying to also push myself – always kind of use that idea of constant progression.” (10:33)

“Certainly, I’ve always had some kind of relationship with the [Olympic] athletes. And I think that’s reflected, ya know, in the people that are in the podcast too.” (26:51)

“I would say that the guys who actually excel as athletes are guys who are about the process of learning and less about the reward. They’re not about the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow; they’re about the rainbow.” (27:50)

“A print interview in a magazine is essentially a transcription of a twenty-minute conversation. And so, what I realized is even an hour interview that’s three times as long as a major interview in a magazine. So, it’s [podcasting] a different kind of format.” (39:11)

“Right now, I feel like we’re at a point, at least with podcasting, where you can literally just go in all different directions and see what works. And that, to me, is exciting.” (50:40)




FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Podcast Junkies Junkies Facebook Group

Mark’s Podcast

Mark’s LinkedIn

The Snowboard Project Facebook

The Snowboard Project Email -

The Tip Line for The Snowboarding Project – (208) 471-8007

PodNews Newsletter



Podcast production and marketing provided by FullCast

01:05 – Harry wishes the audience a Happy New Year and his resolution to simplify his work and life

02:16 – Harry thanks today’s sponsor, Focusrite 2i2

02:50 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Amira Valliani

04:04 – Harry thanks the second sponsor of today’s podcast, FullCast

05:03 – Amira’s first recollections and experiences growing up immersed in technology

10:26 – Major Influences in Amira’s worldview and life

18:25 – How Amira and her family were impacted as Muslim Americans post-9/11

24:12 – Amira’s early career and co-founding Glow

32:46 – Early challenges and obstacles with Glow and how Glow works

37:13 – How Glow’s technology works, and technical obstacles Amira encountered along the way

41:56 – What excites Amira the most about the future of Glow

47:15 – What is something that Amira has changed her mind about recently

49:47 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Amira

51:11 – Harry thanks Amira for joining the show

51:45 – Where listeners can follow Amira


“I think it’s why I gravitate so much towards storytelling. I think so much of the world is about being able to tell a story and take someone else’s experiences and communicate them in a way that is easy for other people to internalize.” (13:07)

“What we [the Muslim community] should have been doing, I think proactively, is going out and telling our story and talking about the values that we preach that I think are very American values and finding ways to engage with the community more and more.” (20:08)

“What I realized is, one of the things I really excel at is going out to find scrappy ways to get it done, seeing a problem, coming up with different solutions, experimenting.” (28:33)

“For the podcasters out there, or for anyone, Glow is designed to be the best way for podcasters to be able to let listeners pay them directly. And, it can either be for listener support or to actually charge for content.” (34:36)

“I’m just really excited to help give podcasters a new way to make money. My personal goal is I want to be able to create a thousand new podcasting entrepreneurs.” (42:12)


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit


FullCast Website

Focusrite Website

Amira’s Email

Amira’s LinkedIn

Amira’s Website

Amira’s Twitter @amiravalliani

Podcast Movement Website

02:11 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Scott Gurian

04:32 – Scott’s education and background in radio

11:28 – Scott recounts his travels that brought him from New Jersey to Oklahoma and back to New Jersey again

16:12 – What Scott learned by reporting on Superstorm Sandy

25:00 – How Scott started his Far From Home Podcast

35:45 – Concerns Scott had with podcasting in foreign countries

41:50 – Scott talks about editing and reediting the footage from his trip to produce his podcast

48:54 – The initial response to Scott’s podcast

50:21 – Scott speaks to a second season of his podcast and what he’s learned about the differences between radio and podcasting

55:11 – What is something Scott has changed his mind about recently

57:23 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Scott

1:01:57 – Harry thanks Scott for joining the show

1:02:13 – Where listeners can follow Scott


“I think the goal should be to just sound like a normal human being talking, and not to sound like you’re performing.” (07:19)

“It [Superstorm Sandy] was the most amazing reporting experiences I’ve ever had. I feel bad saying that, but it was really cool to be thrown in the middle of something like that.” (17:52)

“I don’t think I ever really felt in danger. As you mentioned, it was just bad timing in the summer of 2016. We ended up at the border to enter to Turkey six days after the attempted coup.” (36:13)

“I try to be as visual as possible. They talk about radio or podcasting being a visual medium, which sounds weird, but in some ways it really is. It’s way more intimate than television or video.” (44:08)

“People who’ve told me just like over the course of a weekend or whatever I listened to all twelve hours of your first season, it just warms my heart. I love hearing that kinda thing cause that’s why I made it.” (49:52)

“I think audio’s important. You can have the most interesting content in the world, but if it’s recorded poorly I just can’t listen.” (54:46)

“So, I’m just trying to let people know, I think, through all of my stories that yes the world isn’t a big bad scary place, and that wherever I go people are people and people are generally good.” (1:01:33)


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit


Scott’s Website

Scott’s Instagram – @farfromhomepodcast 

Scott’s Facebook

Scott’s Vimeo

Scott’s Twitter – @scottgurian

Scott’s Far From Home Podcast

Podcast Movement Website

01:25 – This episode is sponsored by Focusrite 2i2

07:08 – We learn how Eric got involved in the podcast industry

22:33 – What is Eric shares his unique approach to finding and attracting guests to his podcast

26:40 – The biggest fears Eric had overcame as a podcast host

27:25 – How Eric prepares for his guest and other secret tactics he utilizes

29:29 – Eric walks us through a typical interview flow

34:15 – Why researching your guest is so critical as a podcast host

43:50 – The important of building relationships with your audience and guests

45:14 – Eric’s motivation to continue his podcast and how he’s grown as a host

52:18 – Eric talks about his second podcast, Portmanteau

1:07:38 – How listeners can connect with Eric


“I finally got motivated enough [to start a podcast] because I got annoyed with somebody.” (19:28)

“I almost was ok if he [Jordan Harbinger] never came on because just the fact that he was going to come on gave me the confidence, gave me the courage to go after other people.” (26:05)

“A lot of it is I have a hook, ya know. I’m trying to find a way to get to the guest. And by that I mean not to irritate them necessarily, but if I can get them to either laugh, startle them, confuse them, or do something I will have engagement.” (31:45)

“While I want to ask a probing question or a difficult question, it is always in the service of the overall interview.” (44:09)

“I would like this [podcasting] to become my actual gig. I love it that much. I love the communication. Every interview is a dance. Every interview is also uncomfortable. But that’s good.” (45:33)

“Ironically, I enjoy talking to somebody in a pub equally as much as an interview.” (48:39)


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit


Focusrite Website

Eric’s Instagram – @hunleyeric

Eric’s LinkedIn

Eric’s Twitter – @hunleyeric

Eric’s Unstructured Podcast

Eric’s Portmanteau Podcast

Podfest Website

Podcast Movement Website


Never Split the Difference: Negotiating as if Your Life Depended on It


Does your podcast app support Chapter Marks? They're included in this episode!


“There’s something that we’ve learned which is when you build a tool that has elements of magic, people start expecting the entire thing to be magic.” (09:36)

“‘Deep Fake’ is the broader term that people use to talk about A.I.-generated media that’s simulating a person somehow.” (13:09)

“My job as a CEO is not to have ideas. I feel like I’m doing my job well when I don’t have any good ideas and they’ve all been covered by the team.” (20:21)

“That’s the most fun part of the company is trying to figure out, ‘How can we make the workflow of our customers even more efficient and faster? How can we make this tool even more expressive?’” (24:59)

“Let’s just say there’s a checkered history of pre-launch companies raising thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred million dollars. That would terrify me. I like the idea of doing something that’s kinda small and getting out there to get market validation before you are responsible for that much of someone’s money.” (29:57)

“I’m a believer in not polluting the world with more random opinions from people who don’t matter.” (32:28)

“Audio is the easiest form of content to create; you just open your mouth. But it’s probably the hardest to edit, and Overdub will change that.” (37:11)


Links to all past episodes

Andrew’s Website

Andrew’s LinkedIn

Andrew’s Twitter

Podfest Website

Podcast Movement Website

Link to Krisp

Link to Luminary

Link to Sandwich

02:25 – Harry welcomes back to the podcast, Stefanie LaHart

03:03 – How Harry met Stefanie

09:08 – Social media, veganism and gaming

12:34 – Where Stefanie honed her digital skills

14:33 – Stefanie talks about getting involved in vampire and gothic chat rooms on the Internet

16:07 – A gaming nerd at heart

20:11 – Stefanie recalls favorite books from her childhood

25:14 – The power of pets as influencers

29:37 – Moving from Philadelphia to Los Angeles

32:47 – Stefanie’s experience working as a reporter in the music industry

37:03 – How Stefanie got involved in podcasting

42:34 – The genesis of Stefanie’s Tradigital podcast

49:15 – The natural evolution Stefanie has undergone as a podcast host

51:28 – Stefanie speaks out against the current social engineering scams

56:05 – Why Stefanie has been listening to privacy podcasts

58:11 – Stefanie recommends some podcasts to the audience

1:02:01 – Phone porting, explained

1:05:05 – What is something Stefanie has changed her mind about recently

1:06:01 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Stefanie

1:08:53 – Where listeners can follow Stefanie


“I loved realizing that my fantasy world could be a reality. Because I read a lot as a kid. I was always a reader. I mean I was one of the kids that would stay up until like 5 am because I had to finish a book and then have to be up for school and be exhausted.” (19:47)

“We all have the fairy tales in our heads too about Hollywood and L.A. So you kinda get off the plane with this stardust in your eyes.” (30:49)

“Podcast killed the video star.” (41:22)

“I’m Stefanie. My podcast is The Tradigital Podcast. It’s the intersection of where traditional PR meet digital marketing, and people are like ‘Oh my God, tell me more!’ And that’s how it all started.” (45:37)

“We do have so much information about ourselves out there that we’re all potential targets for social engineering now.” (52:00)

“The two ways that you can instantly trigger people is through fear factors of money or death.”


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit


Stefanie’s Website

Stefanie’s Podcast

Stefanie’s Facebook

Stefanie’s Instagram @boomtownmarketing

Stefanie’s YouTube Channel

Stefanie’s Twitter @BoomTownBiz

Podfest Website

Podcast Movement Website


Are You There God? It’s Me, Margaret.

The Wolf and the Dove



The Social-Engineer Podcast

The Privacy, Security, & OSINT Show

02:18 – Harry welcomes back to the podcast, Patrick Keller

02:44 – Patrick talks to Harry about being a recurring guest

04:22 – Patrick talks about his show, Big Séance

07:03 – Patrick’s opinion on having return guests

09:41 – How the conversation changes between Patrick and his return guests

12:53 – The importance of attracting diverse guests

14:23 – Building a community with a podcast

18:20 – How Patrick’s podcast listening habits have changed

21:32 – Harry and Patrick share their thoughts on the impact podcasts have on our brains

26:26 – The genesis of Patrick’s paranormal podcast

30:50 – Harry provides his opinions on the paranormal connection to our world

33:51 – Patrick discusses paranormal topics he’s covered on his show

34:55 – The natural evolution Harry and Patrick have undergone as podcast hosts

38:58 – Feedback Patrick has gotten from the LGBT community

41:45 – Patrick’s thoughts on expanding his podcast and becoming a speaker

43:31 – Patrick talks about possibly writing a book in conjunction with his podcast

44:21 – Imposter Syndrome

47:43 – The future of Big Séance Podcast

51:20 – Patrick picks the retention hashtag for this episode of Podcast Junkies

51:51 – Harry thanks Patrick for being a super fan of Podcast Junkies

53:10 – Patrick takes a moment to thank Harry as well

54:06 – What is something Patrick has changed his mind about recently

55:56 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Patrick

57:15 – Patrick provides some movie recommendations

58:31 – Where listeners can follow Patrick

59:46 – Intro music from Patrick’s podcast


“I’ve always said that my podcast was anything that pops up in my paranormal world.” (09:10)  

“Are we ever gonna find that having podcasts nonstop in our ears at two times speed or three times speed is scrambling our brains or preventing us from focusing? Is it adding to the whole can’t put the phone down?” (23:18)  

“There has been what I call a paranormal craze that lasted I think about fifteen years and it’s probably still going but I feel like it’s fading out a little bit.” (27:49)  

“I like to say that I’m fifty percent skeptic on just about everything.” (37:24)  

“I got really passionate about telling a story and having the podcast be kind of like an arc.” (48:40) 


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit


Patrick’s Website

Patrick’s Podcast

Patrick’s Facebook

Patrick’s Twitter – @BigSeance 

Podfest Website

Podcast Movement Website


The Uninvited

The Changeling

04:14 – Harry welcomes to the podcast, Jay Clouse

04:46 – How Harry met Jay

06:11 – The inspiration to start the podcast, Upside

08:42 – How Jay attracted guests to his podcast

12:14 – The dynamic of having a co-host

14:17 – Harry and Jay talk about the podcasts that they enjoy

18:28 – The evolution of podcasting

23:54 – Harry talks about his continual passion for podcasting

27:52 – Jay’s prediction for the future of podcasting

32:07 – Harry discusses seasonal podcasts that perform well

35:02 – Jay’s educational background

38:04 – Jay’s current career ventures

39:09 – Jay speaks to Upside’s path to profitability

40:42 – How Jay engages sponsors in conversation

44:42 – Harry expounds on dynamic geotargeted and programmatic ads

50:05 – How Jay has grown and evolved as a podcast host

52:13 – Jay shares how he utilizes the tool, Air Table

55:42 – What is something Jay has changed his mind about recently

1:00:58 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Jay

1:02:04 – Where listeners can follow Jay


“I’m kind of a student of interviewing at this point, and the interviewers that I hate are the ones that talk so much.” (13:06)

“If you’re trying to get a slice of that attention from people, the shorter your show, the easier it is for them to stomach.” (21:36)

“You’re giving away the best secret of podcasting, which is that you win just by doing the act and meeting the people. It’s such a phenomenal networking hack.” (26:00)

“I’m a dabbler. I’m a professional dabbler.” (39:06)

“We’re just getting better and better at forming relationships with people in a short period of time.” (51:04)

“Entrepreneurship is a grind.” (59:03)


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit


Jay’s Website

Jay’s Podcast

Jay’s LinkedIn

Jay’s Facebook

Jay’s Twitter – @jayclouse

Jay’s Instagram – @jayclouse

Podcast Movement Website

Link to Upside/Taft Collaboration

Link to Upside/Integrity Power Search Collaboration

Link to Air Table Tool



The Joe Rogan Experience

Techmeme Ride Home

A Very Fatal Murder



00:01 – Harry welcomes Greg Stanley to the podcast

00:44 – How Greg met Harry

01:36 – The inspiration to start the podcast, Learn from Others

04:48 – Where Greg got the passion for helping students

06:39 – Greg talks about why most people’s career paths are not linear

07:54 – Early feedback Greg received on Learn from Others

09:40 – Resources and tools Greg used to start his podcast

10:56 – The format of Greg’s podcast

14:23 – Greg talks about a segment he does at the end of every podcast

15:37 – The genesis of The Collector Car Podcast

18:52 – The story behind Greg’s passion for cars

21:35 – How Greg kept his passion for cars alive and thriving

23:15 – Greg’s thoughts on the evolution of the Mustang

25:29 – Greg speaks to his current job working for Topps

30:51 – How Greg has grown as a podcast host

33:03 – Harry and Greg talk about the importance of submitting podcasts to multiple platforms

37:49 – How Greg promotes his podcast once an episode goes live

42:20 – Greg discusses the three book concepts he’s been working on

44:15 – How Greg categorizes his podcasts

45:13 – Gaming

47:07 – What is something Greg has changed his mind about recently

48:03 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Greg

49:21 – Where listeners can follow Greg



“Ya know, I think I’m a closet teacher.” (05:01)

“If you don’t do it as a job, you’re gonna do it as a hobby. So, figure out some way to make that hobby a job and you’ll be happy and you’ll never work a day in your life.” (09:24)

“I actually categorize all my podcasts on my website based on the career cluster that’s defined by the Department of Education.” (44:15)

“If you want to get students, you need to focus in on what they’re interested in. And becoming a video game developer is one of the career paths that they’re very interested in.” (46:15)

“My goal is to help a million people share their career journey.” (49:08)


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit - Click here to register for free -September 18, 2019, 11:00 am ET to 3:00pm ET.


Greg’s Websites &

Greg’s Podcasts Learn From Others & The Collector Car Podcast

Greg’s LinkedIn

Learn From Others Instagram @learnfromothers

Podcast Movement Website


Cars Yeah with Mark Greene


Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app or here for Spotify
If your app supports chapter marks, they're embedded here as well! Cool, huh?

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

00:22 – Harry recaps his past week at Podcast Movement

02:46 – Harry thanks his sponsors, Focusrite Scarlett 2i2 and Beyond the Podcast

04:52 – Harry welcomes John Livesay to the podcast

05:27 – John’s origin story

08:46 – Lessons learned from starting a podcast

10:47 – How John got his first Speakers Bureau

12:59 – The genesis of The Successful Pitch Podcast

16:00 – John’s top three tips for improving your startup pitch

18:44 – John’s career trajectory

21:59 – The importance of never burning bridges

24:13 – Getting off the self-esteem roller coaster

25:11 – What John has learned through the medium of podcasting

29:03 – How John has improved as a podcast host

31:55 – Early inspirations in John’s career

33:21 – How John has used his podcast to build relationships

35:26 – John credits Tim Sanders for being a mentor to him throughout his career

37:53 – The value John places on friendships

38:53 – John speaks to how his entrepreneurial journey led him to have greater perspective

39:56 – A story of resilience

43:59 – Tools John has developed to make him more resilient

45:48 – Benefits John has reaped from being a podcast host

46:47 – What is something John has changed his mind about recently

47:48 – What is the most misunderstood thing about John

50:09 – Where listeners can follow John

50:51 – John recalls his experience narrating his book for Audible


“I realized I had a lot of fear around hosting a podcast and I literally created a TEDx Talk that includes this and I still talk about it when I give keynotes.” (07:52)

“The way to overcome the fear of the unknown is not go it alone.” (08:40)

“The number one tip for a startup, whether you’re trying to get a new investor or a new client or, as you said, attract and retain the talent, is you must have your story of origin down pat.” (16:28)

“It’s not enough just to be a guest. You gotta give somebody a step that’s easy.” (28:28)

“My goal for the listeners is that they are informed, inspired and entertained. So, if we do any of those things, we’re in good shape.” (30:51)

“The need to connect and have a tribe is what keeps us from feeling so lonely. And that’s what a good friend does. They’re not jealous, they’re not competitive, they’re cheering you on.” (37:59)

“So, for me, the tool is I think of myself as the director of my own movie and I can yell ‘Cut’ at any time.” (44:40)


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit - Click here to register for free -September 18, 2019, 11:00 am ET to 3:00pm ET.


John’s Website –

John’s Podcast –

John’s LinkedIn –

John’s Instagram – @thepitchwhisperer

John’s Twitter – @John_Livesay

John’s Facebook –

Podcast Movement Website –


Focusrite Scarlett 2i2 –

Flick –

Beyond the Podcast Summit –

Breaker –


Better Selling Through Storytelling (Text the word ‘PITCH’ to 66866 for a sneak peek)

Love Is the Killer App: How to Win Business and Influence Friends

Dealstorming: The Secret Weapon That Can Solve Your Toughest Sales Challenges


Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app or here for Spotify
If your app supports chapter marks, they're embedded here as well! Cool, huh?

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

  • 00:01 – Harry welcomes Leah Culver to the podcast

  • 00:33 – The genesis of Breaker

  • 03:07 – Why Leah was unimpressed with the different podcast apps she initially utilized

  • 05:06 – Features within the Breaker app

  • 09:39 – “Under Twenty Minutes”

  • 10:07 – The decision to release new versions of the iOS app weekly

  • 11:00 – Building out and syncing the Breaker Audio website

  • 11:38 – Metadata

  • 13:48 – Benefits of switching to the Breaker Audio app

  • 14:47 – Leah gives a shout out to some early adopters of Breaker

  • 18:45 – The importance of leveraging and utilizing data

  • 20:36 – Harry asks Leah about the comedy podcast, A Very Fatal Murder

  • 22:32 – Challenges faced and adjustments made while building a startup

  • 26:43 – The inflection point where Leah and her co-founder Erik realized they had something with Breaker

  • 27:45 – Leah teases some upcoming features for Breaker

  • 28:11 – The future of Breaker’s revenue model

  • 33:33 – Leah’s experience interacting with the podcast community

  • 35:37 – Utilizing social media to engage with app users

  • 37:42 – Leah speaks to the growth of Breaker

  • 40:56 – Leah’s background and roots

  • 42:47 – Harry and Leah discuss the evolution of technology throughout the years

  • 47:23 – The Global Podcast Meetup

  • 50:25 – What is something Leah has changed her mind about recently

  • 51:23 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Leah

  • 52:00 – Where listeners can follow Leah


“So, what we ended up doing differently at Breaker, or on the Breaker App, is that we allow you to sort of follow people as in a social network. You can like episodes. You can send them to people.” (05:06)

“What’s interesting about Breaker is that we see, from the first month to the second month of using Breaker, the number of shows that a user subscribes to doubles. So, it means that they’re discovering new content.” (16:07)

“It’s kind of our goal, for this year, to better connect podcasters with their audience.” (18:04)

“We want to make money when podcasters make money.” (28:47)

“We originally pitched Breaker as Netflix for podcasts in that we’re gonna make exclusive content and charge for it. But we’re also, at the same time, letting some other companies sort of try that model first to see how that goes.” (29:24)

“I’m really passionate about connecting people on the Internet so I’ve work a lot in blogging and social media.” (41:54)


Focusrite - Makers of my go-to sound card, the Scarlett 2i2

Aweber - Hosts of the Beyond the Podcast Summit - Click here to register for free -September 18, 2019, 11:00 am ET to 3:00pm ET.


Leah’s Website –

Breaker Audio Website –

Leah’s LinkedIn –

Leah’s Instagram – @leahculver

Leah’s Twitter – @leahculver

Leah’s Facebook –

Podcast Movement Website –



Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app or here for Spotify
If your app supports chapter marks, they're embedded here as well! Cool, huh?

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Back for another round, it's the inimitable Chase Reeves. He was gracious enough, way back in April, 2014 to agree to be the very first guest on this show. It's a gift I will always honor.

So I started a tradition to bring him back every 100 episodes. In addition to the first one, listen to Episode 100. Then, you'll fully appreciated the journey and the energy that is Chase.

Thanks to every single person who has every listened to a Podcast Junkies episode. I'm totally grateful to you for coming along on this journey!

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

04:34 – Harry welcomes Zach and Rock to the podcast

04:49 – How Harry met Zach and Rock

06:50 – Attending Podcast Movement

08:06 – The genesis of SquadCast

12:06 – How Rock got involved in SquadCast

15:13 – Working out the bugs

16:52 – The Bootstrap Startup

17:33 – Leaving a steady paycheck to work on SquadCast fulltime

21:41 – Initial intentions for SquadCast

25:24 – The importance of the podcasting community

29:08 – Harry talks about the supportive nature of the podcasting community

31:03 – Lessons learned throughout the podcasting process

32:02 – How Zach and Rock first met

36:42 – The importance of shared vision and communication

39:50 – How trust and complementary skills are key success factors for Zach and Rock

41:08 – Zach shares his biggest fear

43:19 – Rock shares his biggest fear

45:26 – What inspired Zach and Rock to start their own podcast, Between 2 Mics

48:41 – What Rock has learned from being a podcast host

51:26 – What is something Zach has changed his mind about recently

52:57 – What is something Rock has changed his mind about recently

54:54 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Zach

57:08 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Rock

59:45 – Zach and Rock share a special promo code for Podcast Junkies listeners

1:00:43 – Where listeners can follow Zach, Rock and SquadCast

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

03:23 – Harry welcomes Dawn Davis to the podcast

03:30 – How Harry and Dawn first met

05:56 – The genesis of Desert Lady Diaries

09:15 – The guests that Dawn invites onto her podcast

10:57 – How Dawn decides which guests to have on her show

11:46 – Juneteenth

13:44 – Dawn’s plans for her upcoming one hundredth episode

16:12 – The amount of research that goes into each show

17:20 – The tools and templates Dawn uses to produce her podcast

22:14 – How Dawn got into voiceover work

24:41 – What Dawn enjoys most about doing voiceover work

25:16 – The equipment Dawn uses for doing voiceovers

28:03 – Moving around the country

29:37 – How Dawn evolved into a great interviewer

31:18 – Dawn’s growth as an interviewer

32:22 – Open, honest and vulnerable interviews

34:09 – The consistency of Dawn’s podcast releases

35:39 – Dawn’s passion for community organizing

38:54 – Dawn speaks to the niche nature of her podcast

41:09 – Diary Unlocked

41:58 – Harry and Dawn talks about advertising and sponsorships

45:26 – The decision to move to the desert

52:09 – Becoming an integral part of the community

54:09 – Dawn’s ever-growing list of women to interview

55:30 – What is something Dawn has changed his mind about recently

56:30 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Dawn

58:19 – Where listeners can follow Dawn and the Desert Lady Diaries Podcast

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

04:00 – Harry welcomes Cole Raven to the podcast

04:40 – Cole reflects on the state of podcasting

08:11 – The genesis of Podchaser

10:27 – How Cole’s co-founder Bradley convinced him to join the Podchaser team

11:20 – Cole’s thoughts on the podcast marketplace

13:54 – How the Slack community has helped grow Podchaser

14:56 – Cole talks about some of Podchaser’s competitors

17:08 – The various podcast apps on the market

20:09 – Integrating user profiles to target listeners

22:48 – Striving to become the IMDb of podcasts

25:40 – Cole’s passion for podcasting

27:08 – The mission of Podchaser

28:00 – The importance of data collection

29:10 – Advertising

30:18 – The Chatty Broads case study

34:15 – Revamping the Podchaser website

37:23 – High-visibility creators within Podchaser

38:46 – Where Cole envisions Podchaser going

41:25 – Cole and Harry discuss what other competitors are doing

43:07 – What is something Cole has changed his mind about recently

44:35 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Cole

46:04 – What Cole’s family and friends think of his work

47:33 – Where listeners can follow Cole and Podchaser

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

03:18 – Harry welcomes Jim Beach to the podcast

03:56 – The genesis of Jim’s podcast, School for Startups Podcast

07:13 – How Jim was introduced to podcasting

09:08 – Early concerns Jim had about podcasting

13:39 – Why Jim chose to commit to a daily show

14:43 – Jim’s workflow

18:49 – The difficult task of measuring success rates

20:13 – Jim talks about Cyber Ears, the hosting platform he utilizes

23:48 – Jim recalls the first podcasting event he attended

26:53 – The Small Pond strategy

29:08 – Harry’s opinions on podcast consumption

33:16 – A recent report on podcasts from Edison Research

33:50 – Jim talks about his love and passion for entrepreneurship

37:34 – The Pakistan Furniture business challenge

43:13 – The genesis of the School for Startups book

46:15 – Jim speaks to having a short memory when it comes to his interviews

47:39 – What motivates Jim to continue having conversations

49:02 – What Jim looks for in a prospective interviewee

52:44 – The transcription service that Harry uses

53:19 – What keeps Jim motivated

55:28 – Why Jim chose to keep politics out of his show

55:59 – The importance of creating a personal connection with the audience

57:36 – What is something Jim has changed his mind about recently

59:18 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Jim

1:00:13 – Where listeners can follow Jim and his podcast

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

04:26 – Harry welcomes Gordon Firemark to the podcast

04:48 – Gordon talks about the technology he uses to record on

05:35 – Gordon’s theatre background

09:22 – Tips Gordon would give to podcasters who use multiple microphones

10:39 – Gordon and Harry discuss their favorite theatre shows

13:21 – Continuation errors in television and movies

14:34 – Gordon’s legal background

15:30 – What Gordon learned from working in the entertainment industry

16:20 – Entering into entertainment law

19:11 – Why Gordon prefers to work alone

20:06 – The first time Gordon heard the term ‘podcast’

21:14 – The inspiration behind Gordon’s podcast

24:15 – Harry urges the audience to listen to The Feed Podcast

26:01 – The specific format of Gordon’s podcast

28:39 – The relationship with the listener

30:14 – Gordon discusses interacting with listeners of his podcast

31:09 – How Tamara became Gordon’s co-host

34:33 – The dynamic between Gordon and Tamara

38:05 – How Gordon decides which stories get coverage on his podcast

39:48 – Recent cases that Gordon has been covering

43:07 – Gordon discusses representing podcasters

45:02 – The biggest legal misconceptions podcasters have about copyrights

47:29 – Harry talks about one of his clients who wanted to use a specific song in his podcast

50:13 – Gordon speculates about a second podcast project he may pursue

51:56 – What is something Gordon has changed his mind about recently

53:20 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Gordon

54:52 – Where listeners can follow Gordon and his podcast

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast writer, storyteller, and fellow podcaster, Kyla Carneiro. In this episode, Kyla talks about the work she does with the Potawatomi tribe and the inspiration that sparked her podcast, Yajmownen. Her show tells stories of reconnecting with culture, reviving traditions, and reclaiming heritage from the vibrant Pokagon Band community. Kyla and Harry discuss her experience at Podcast Movement, tips and advice she has received on podcasting and the research that goes into each episode. Finally, Kyla talks about the other podcast project she works on, So It’s A Show, which focuses on dissecting the pop culture references in Gilmore Girls.

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast storyteller and fellow podcaster, John M. John is the host of the Sober Speak Podcast, a show that provides members of Alcoholics Anonymous a platform to share their stories of recovery. In this episode, John and Harry talk about what inspired John to start his podcast. John opens up about his experience with Alcoholics Anonymous, the strength it has taken to maintain his sobriety for nearly thirty years, and leaving behind a legacy of helping others.

Click here to subscribe on your favorite podcast app!
Does your podcatcher support chapter marks? They're embedded here as well!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast journalist, author, and fellow podcaster, Lori Tharps. Lori is the host of the My American Melting Pot Podcast, a show that features candid conversations about popular culture, examined through a multicultural lens. In this episode, Lori and Harry talk about best practices to navigate polarizing topics within podcasts. They discuss the different styles of interviewing podcast guests and the importance of preparation and research. Finally, Lori shares her upcoming projects, including a trip to Spain where she will be conducting research for her latest book. 

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast producer, strategist and fellow podcaster, Rich Jones. Rich is the host of the Paychecks and Balances Podcast, a show that provides entertaining insights and helpful tips on money management, professional growth, and other topics relevant to 20 and 30-somethings trying to get ahead. In this episode, Rich and Harry discuss the importance of goal setting, networking and having a strong set of values. These have been an integral part of Rich’s success in his personal and professional life.

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes entrepreneur, author, tech junkie, angel investor, and fellow podcaster, Brian McCullough. Brian is the host of Techmeme Ride Home, a podcast that provides listeners with the latest tech news in 15 – 20-minute bite-sized chunks daily. He is also the founder of Internet History Podcast based off his book, How the Internet Happened. This episode covers a wide array of topics including, the difference between daily and weekly podcasts, the workflow of dynamic ad insertion, and the process of monetizing these ads to build a profitable show. Brian discusses the ever-evolving nature of the Internet, as well as his vision for the future of podcasting.

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes storyteller, professional speaker, bestselling author, and fellow podcaster, Kyle Gray. Kyle is an entrepreneur and bestselling author who helps startups and small businesses grow with content marketing strategies. He specializes in creating systematic processes and templates that are easy to implement and help grow businesses effectively. His book, The Story Engine, outlines the success he’s had in becoming a content-creation king. In this episode, we talk all about Kyle’s background creating meaningful and impactful content via blog posts, books, digital videos, podcasts, and much more. We learn about the genesis of The Story Engine Podcast, a show that teaches listeners how to make marketing easier, more powerful, and fun through storytelling. Kyle and Harry talk about the multi-faceted challenges that Kyle has faced as a podcaster. One key challenge is noting the subtle nuances between creating content via the written word versus the spoken word. Kyle discusses how much he has grown as a host and interviewer and the approach he takes to interviewing his guests. Harry and Kyle both provide examples of tools they utilize to enhance their interviewing experience. Kyle stresses the importance of drawing boundaries with guests and being mindful of the listener. Finally, he breaks down the key points of his Harvest Method blog post, an in-depth piece of content he created that has yielded tremendous results.

03:38 – Harry welcomes Kyle Gray to the podcast05:08 – How Kyle met Harry08:15 – Kyle’s background prior to podcasting11:25 – The early stages of The Story Engine Podcast16:25 – The differences between creating content via the written word and the spoken word19:23 – Kyle talks about how his blog post on The Harvest Method led to a collaboration21:57 – The importance of continuously adding value24:49 – How Kyle has grown as a host and an interviewer27:59 – Understanding where to draw boundaries with guests31:00 – Tools Harry utilizes when interviewing for podcasts33:36 – Techniques Kyle utilizes while producing his podcast37:06 – Kyle explains the four steps of The Harvest Method46:22 – How Kyle updates his content48:37 – Kyle’s educational and travel background51:06 – Kyle discusses the books he has authored57:45 – He shares a unique case study from The Harvest Method1:00:55 – What is something Kyle has changed his mind about recently?1:02:10 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Kyle?1:03:56 – Where listeners can follow Kyle

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast artist, entrepreneur, marketing expert, author, and fellow podcasters, Gregg Clunis. Gregg is the host of the podcast, Tiny Leaps, Big Changes, a show aimed at helping people become better versions of themselves. Gregg’s core philosophy centers on the idea that all big changes come from the tiny leaps you take every day. This idea has been transformative for Gregg in his personal and professional life and has led to a podcast, book and a thriving digital community spanning over 170 countries! In this episode, we talk all about Gregg’s eclectic background and the genesis of his podcast. Gregg speaks to the challenges he faced and the multiple shows he hosted before he hit his stride with Tiny Leaps, Big Changes. Gregg stresses the importance of audience feedback and speaks to the reason he reaches out to his podcast audience often. Gregg has cultivated his show around six core areas of life in order to provide variety and value for a broad audience. These six areas focus on fitness, nutrition, finances, career, relationships, and emotional and mental health. Gregg opens up about his own struggles with depression and discusses the value that therapy has brought to his life. Finally, Gregg discusses his mantra of getting the first win of the day and the integral role that momentum plays in his daily routine. 

02:22 – Harry thanks his sponsor, Focusrite 2i208:25 – Harry welcomes Gregg Clunis to the podcast 08:42 – Gregg’s backstory 10:55 – How Gregg got involved in podcasting 13:39 – Gregg’s art, design and marketing background 16:01 – Gregg’s love of painting 20:01 – The different editing software that Harry and Gregg utilize 21:44 – The progression of shows Gregg previously hosted24:29 – Gregg talks about the genesis of Tiny Leaps, Big Changes  29:20 – Challenges Gregg faced in producing Tiny Leaps 32:27 – The feedback Gregg received from his audience 34:32 – The six core areas of life that Gregg used to balance his podcast content 35:33 – The moment Gregg realized he wanted to focus on self-help 37:02 – How Gregg’s status as an immigrant influenced his success 39:59 – The incredible support Gregg received throughout his life 41:11 – Gregg talks about his upcoming projects 43:46 – Gregg’s history and struggle with depression 47:11 – Getting that first win of the day 49:23 – Harry and Gregg discuss the value of therapy 56:06 – Gregg talks about the mentors who have impacted his life 57:03 – The decision to hire an organizational coach 58:04 – What is something Gregg has changed his mind about recently 1:00:20 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Gregg 1:01:55 – Gregg promotes his book, Tiny Leaps, Big Changes 1:02:47 – Where listeners can follow Gregg

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast best-selling author, speaker, persuasive writing expert and fellow podcasters, Laura Petersen. Laura is the founder and host of Copy That Pops, a podcast aimed at educating podcasters on how to write copy that is compelling, stands out, and is effective for their businesses. Laura has been writing for years and is a true believer in the power of the written word. She has a wide array of experience both as an expert in content marketing and as a podcasting entrepreneur.  In this episode, we talk all about copywriting as it relates to podcasting. Laura discusses her background as a former teacher turned copywriting guru. Laura started her first podcast back in April of 2016 and has since turned that into a successful business. Copy That Pops offers a full range of services, assisting clients to leverage the power of persuasion in their communication. Harry and Laura talk about the importance of writing powerful copy and the influence that reading has on writing. Laura chronicles her growth as an interviewer and a speaker. She credits practice and preparation as the reasons her confidence level soared. Finally, Laura shares how she became #1 Amazon Best-Seller with a book she wrote in just thirty days!  

00:00 – Harry welcomes Laura Petersen to the podcast04:28 – The value of audio-only podcasts 05:27 – Harry talks about the retention hashtag07:17 – The origin of Harry and Laura’s friendship 08:41 – Laura explains the rules of ‘Never Have I Ever’        10:03 – Laura’s entrepreneurial background 13:36 – Shifting her focus from podcasting to writing books 14:15 – Laura’s individual group programs 15:50 – The challenges Laura faced during the early stages of podcasting 18:54 – How Laura has grown as an interviewer22:40 – Laura’s earliest recollection of her passion for writing28:55 – Copywriting advice Laura would give to podcasters 32:09 – The power of words 34:07 – Why Laura has been avoiding consuming different content  35:55 – The impact reading can have on writing 37:57 – Just-In-Time learning vs. Just-In-Case Learning 39:16 – Books and podcasts that have been instrumental to Laura’s career 45:00 – What is something Laura has changed his mind about recently 46:15 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Laura 47:02 – Laura talks about the books she has written 49:25 – Where listeners can follow Laura

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast serial entrepreneur and fellow podcasters, Justin Jackson. Justin is the founder and host of the show, Product People, a podcast about great products and the people who make them. Justin has been working with Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) companies for years as a product manager at Sprintly and Mailout. Justin is also co-founder of the startup, a podcast platform for brands who want to grow their audience. Justin is a staunch proponent of podcasting and the impact it can have on business. His goal is to help podcasters enhance their product, grow their audience and distribute their message to the masses.

In this episode, Justin and Harry discuss and dissect nearly every aspect of podcasting. With Harry’s experience as a podcast producer and Justin’s extensive podcast platform, the two have a wealth of knowledge to share on the subject. They talk about the importance of compelling content that keeps the podcast audience engaged. Justin discusses his journey of breaking into the podcast hosting space, including how he manufactured interest and booked meaningful and influential guests. As an outside the box thinker, Justin is always looking for creative ways to solve problems. Harry talks about the concept of podfading, a phenomenon that affects many startup podcasters. Finally, Justin speaks to the ever-evolving and growing podcast industry. He describes his experience listening to podcasts as a mindful experience and feels that everybody should enjoy podcasts as much as he does!

  • 05:08 – Harry welcomes Justin Jackson to the podcast

  • 05:50 – Justin talks about getting others acclimated and comfortable with podcasting

  • 08:51 – Harry tells the story of how he met and started working with Chase Reeves

  • 10:46 – How Justin knows Chase

  • 12:36 – Justin discusses how his work has shifted to focus on podcasting for brands

  • 14:08 – What is

  • 15:09 – How Justin broke into the podcasting industry

  • 19:15 – The importance of creative problem solving

  • 20:50 – How Justin met Jon Buda, his partner in Transistor

  • 22:57 – The power of asking yourself, “What do you want?”

  • 26:22 – Justin recalls the conversations that stick out from his work with Marketing for Product People

  • 28:25 – Justin talks about Rob Walling, founder of Drip

  • 29:45 – The back channels of the Internet

  • 34:08 – Justin talks about his project MegaMaker

  • 38:43 – Why it’s imperative for podcast content to be compelling

  • 40:48 – Why Justin believes that not everyone can be a podcaster

  • 46:04 – Podfading defined

  • 49:06 – The importance that Justin placed on having a podcast in conjunction with Transistor

  • 54:55 – The most interesting thing to come out of working with SaaS companies

  • 1:03:52 – The connection between podcasting and business

  • 1:09:36 – Why there’s still room to grow in the podcast industry

  • 1:11:50 – The low barrier to entry of podcasting

  • 1:15:53 – How listening to podcasts can be a mindful experience

  • 1:23:31 – Where Justin got his entrepreneurial spirit and hustle

  • 1:34:41 – Justin’s advice to aspiring entrepreneurs

  • 1:37:58 – The importance of surrounding yourself with the right people

  • 1:43:21 – What is something Justin has changed his mind about recently

  • 1:43:54 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Justin

  • 1:45:44 – Where listeners can follow Justin

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast marketing professional, serial entrepreneur, husband, father, and fellow podcaster, Stephen Hart. Stephen is the founder and host of the show, Trailblazers, a podcast that explores stories of successful black professionals, entrepreneurs, creatives, and corporate leaders. Stephen’s goal is to share stories of black men and women who are doing amazing things within their industries. Stephen is a believer in being authentic and strives to help people discover their true callings.

In this episode, Stephen and Harry discuss Podcast Movement, the conference where they originally met. They talk about the supportive nature of the podcasting community and encourage listeners to attend a podcast conference to share in the experience. Stephen discusses his background and the inspiration behind his podcast, Trailblazers. For Stephen, the success of his podcast isn’t measured by downloads, but rather by engagement and impact. His goal over the next five years is to help and positively affect 10,000 lives. It is Stephen’s hope that this will create a ripple effect and that his deeds will continue to spread. Stephen equates this to planting seeds in a garden he will never see. Finally, Stephen talks about his legacy, which includes being a great husband, father, and overall person.

  • 00:59 – Harry welcomes Stephen Hart to the podcast
  • 01:35 – Stephen’s background
  • 04:26 – How Stephen has raised his children to not be dependent on technology and devices
  • 08:35 – How Stephen wound up living in Maryland
  • 09:01 – Stephen and Harry talk about Podcast Movement, the world’s largest podcast conference
  • 14:43 – Stephen talks about MapCon, the Mid-Atlantic Podcast Conference
  • 16:42 – Harry’s freestyle rap story from Podcast Movement
  • 20:39 – Stephen encourages all podcasters to attend a podcast conference
  • 21:54 – The importance of bringing a unique perspective to your podcast
  • 24:01 – What inspired Stephen to start his podcast, Trailblazers
  • 28:57 – How Stephen measures the success of his podcast
  • 30:44 – Stephen shares his idea for his next podcast
  • 32:57 – Harry announces the conference he’s been working to launch, Clarion
  • 34:45 – Stephen speaks to his future goals and the positive impact he wants to achieve
  • 41:52 – Stephen’s other projects
  • 46:09 – Stephen advises entrepreneurs to get their products and services out there
  • 48:37 – Where Stephen got his entrepreneurial spirit and hustle
  • 49:50 – Stephen talks about the mentors that influenced his life and career
  • 53:32 – Stephen recalls geeking out when he met Pat Flynn
  • 56:04 – What is something Stephen has changed his mind about recently?
  • 58:09 – Why Stephen’s legacy is important to him
  • 1:00:14 – Stephen talks about an exercise where he posed 32 questions to his father
  • 1:01:47 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Stephen?
  • 1:04:18 – Where listeners can follow Stephen

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry Duran welcomes to the podcast CEO of Sound Financial Group and fellow podcaster, Paul Adams. Paul is the founder and host of the show, Sound Financial Bites, a podcast that provides people of all backgrounds with general financial information. Paul’s goal is to provide listeners with non-controversial advice that is tangible and actionable so they can increase their knowledge and allow them to make better-informed decisions.

In this episode, Paul provides an insight into his background, both in the financial services industry as well as his personal life. Paul has always had a very intense and aggressive personality which, combined with a contagious zeal, has shaped Paul’s success. Paul believes in standing up for what you believe in and preaches these same ideals to his children. Paul speaks to the benefits and strength that come from facing adversity and other hardships. Paul and Harry discuss the importance of getting a clear picture of your future goals so you can take the appropriate action. It is Paul’s theory that taking action and cultivating contentment are two key factors for success. By following this strategy, Paul has been able to achieve success in multiple facets of his life. Finally, Paul shares his thoughts on the benefits of podcasting, including one aspect that often goes overlooked.

  • 00:59 – Harry welcomes Paul Adams to the podcast
  • 01:45 – Why Paul decided to start his podcast, Sound Financial Bites
  • 04:20 – Paul recalls the origins of his technology obsession
  • 08:14 – Paul’s love of flying
  • 09:43 – The newfound appreciation Paul felt after experiencing flying lessons
  • 11:36 – How Paul got into the financial services industry
  • 16:02 – Paul’s aggressive approach to life
  • 19:26 – Deciphering which conflicts are worth tilting into  
  • 21:04 – Paul talks about raising his children to stand firm in what they believe
  • 25:07 – The importance of facing adversity and challenges
  • 28:29 – A lesson Paul learned from a former Navy SEAL
  • 31:07 – Paul talks about what it means to ‘live radically within your means’
  • 34:30 – The biggest challenge to living within your means
  • 39:30 – The importance of surrounding yourself with like-minded individuals, family and friends
  • 41:10 – Paul’s business goal for the upcoming year
  • 44:38 – Spending eighty-three nights in an RV
  • 50:02 – The importance of creating an intention statement in your personal and business lives
  • 53:21 – How Paul has grown as a podcast host
  • 54:42 – Paul gives his opinion on the most difficult part of podcasting
  • 56:32 – One person who has been a true inspiration to Paul
  • 58:39 – What is something Paul has changed his mind about recently
  • 1:03:21 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Paul
  • 1:05:36 – Where listeners can follow Paul
  • 1:06:21 – Paul shares one last thought on podcasting

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Every single item that surrounds us has a story behind it. Have you ever wondered about the history behind bubble gum, balloons, Kit Kats, mustaches, or Betty White? If so, you’re in luck as I welcome to the podcast author and fellow podcaster, Emily Prokop. Emily is the creator and host of the hit podcast, The Story Behind, which tells the extraordinary history of seemingly ordinary objects, places, and people. The Story Behind was nominated for The Academy of Podcasters’ Awards in 2017 and has been repurposed into a book of the same name.

In this episode, we talk about the process of podcasting. With a background in editing and journalism, Emily speaks to how she was able to transfer this skillset to become a successful podcaster. Harry and Emily share their own stories of challenges and obstacles they have faced, including building an audience one listener at a time. Emily discusses the wide variety of topics she covers on her podcast and the creative process she utilizes to come up with fresh and exciting ideas for every show. Finally, Emily chronicles the genesis of her book, The Story Behind and details the journey by which she transformed her podcast into a hit book.

  • 00:53 – Harry welcomes Emily to the podcast
  • 04:13 – Emily’s educational background
  • 06:20 – The decision to start The Story Behind podcast
  • 10:55 – What Emily and Harry like most about podcasting
  • 13:26 – Emily’s first podcasting event
  • 18:21 –Leveraging a journalism background to become successful at podcasting
  • 20:35 – Emily recalls meeting and networking with other podcasters at Podcast Movement
  • 23:29 – How the podcasting community has provided Emily with support and inspiration
  • 25:26 – Building an audience one listener at a time
  • 27:49 – The importance Emily places on researching and preparing for her podcasts
  • 30:53 – Emily recalls recording her first few episodes and worrying that they were too short
  • 35:31 – How Emily comes up with the eclectic topics that her podcast covers
  • 39:19 – The genesis of Emily’s book, The Story Behind, based on her podcast
  • 43:34 – Emily describes the overall experience writing a book
  • 46:12 – What is something Emily has changed her mind about recently?
  • 47:04 – What is the most misunderstood thing about Emily?
  • 52:20 – Where listeners can follow Emily

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mark Bologna was born and raised in New Orleans but had moved away by the time Hurricane Katrina hit. He and his wife decided to move back after the storm. Years later, Mark was searching for an idea to base a podcast on, and decided to create “Beyond Bourbon Street,” a view of the New Orleans he’s loved for years. Mark met with me, ironically on the anniversary of Katrina, to discuss his podcast. We talk about the effect of the hurricane on New Orleans, and how the community has grown from the disaster.

We talk about Mardi Gras in New Orleans, and how it differs from people’s assumptions. We discuss capturing the different locations of New Orleans. Finally, we discuss capturing our loved ones’ memories on a microphone before it’s too late.

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Kevin Halbrook and Jaime Ryan heard their local bar, Egan’s was closing. They both realized that they did not want the stories people made there to be lost. They set up a table to record at, and opened the mic up for the bar regulars to tell their tales.

I am so happy to welcome Kevin and Jaime to the show. We go over how Egan’s came into their lives, and what inspired them to record the bars stories. We discuss the equipment they bring, and how they chose which stories to share. Finally we discuss how the podcast affected their community, and their lives.

  • 02:00 - what inspired the Duo to create the podcast?
  • 09:15 - How Jaime found Egan’s
  • 11:00 - How the pair went about recording in Egan’s
  • 14:00 - How they chose which stories to publish
  • 15:30 - The gear they bring to Egan’s
  • 21:15 - How Jaime and Kevin met
  • 23:30 - How Kevin and Jaime work well together
  • 25:00 - The bargoers reactions to the podcast
  • 26:30 - The other podcasts Kevin listens to
  • 29:30 - The vast array of people interviewed at bars
  • 33:00 - The new owner of Egan’s
  • 42:30 - Kevin’s return to Egan’s

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Amy Porterfield is a very successful entrepreneur and marketer. Although her early years were rough, she came out on top. Now, with her podcast “Online Marketing Made Easy,” she hopes to inspire the next generation.

I am very excited to interview Amy. We discuss how Amy broke into podcasts, and the people she met since then. We talk about Amy’s success, and the arduous path to get there. Finally, we talk about how Amy has been inspired, and who she hopes to reach with her podcast.

  • 03:00 Recording podcast with video
  • 07:30 How Amy got into podcasting
  • 10:00 People Amy has met through podcasting
  • 14:00 Amy’s family
  • 17:50 How Amy’s friends helped her through some big shifts in her career
  • 20:00 Looking back at Amy’s success
  • 22:00 Finding the right intentions
  • 24:50 The mistakes Amy made
  • 27:00 The amount of planning that goes into Amy’s episodes
  • 30:00 Where did Amy’s passion originate?
  • 32:00 Someone who inspired Amy
  • 35:30 The reach and impact of Amy’s podcast
  • 38:15 The value of Amy’s friendships
  • 41:40 Amy’s Photoshoot
  • 43:00 Talking about weight loss

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Despite having cerebral palsy, Win Charles has never let it stop her. In fact, it inspired her to become a co-host of the podcast “Our Fractured Minds.” The podcast seeks to help people struggling with mental health issues lead better lives. She also has her own podcast “Ask Win,” where she has in depth interviews with a variety of people.

I am truly humbled to have Win as my guest. I ask her what inspired her to take the plunge into podcasting, and how her disability affected her. We talk about Win’s love for nature, especially rock climbing. Finally, I ask Win to offer some foresight into where the podcasting community will go in the future.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jules Hannaford is an interesting woman. For the past 18 years she has been living in Hong Kong, despite being a natural born Australian. She wrote a book titled “Fool Me Twice,” detailing her dangerous experiences in the online dating scene, and how others can avoid what happened to her. For nearly a year now, she has hosted the podcast “Hong Kong Confidential,” interviewing interesting Hong Kong denizens about the ins and outs of the city.

I was lucky enough to interview Jules for this episode. She told me about the various podcasts that inspired her to create her podcast. She talks about how Chinese culture views mental health and sexuality, and how they’ve adopted a “don’t ask, don’t tell” policy. Finally Jules shares with me how she finds her guests, and where she hopes she will wind up in the future.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Craig Price was already a veteran of the podcast industry with his 7-year long Reality Check Podcast when he set out with his co-host Alan Cerny to create Matinee Heroes. Together, they explore the world of movies. An episode might include a discussion on a classic film, a review of a more recent one, or how they would recast certain movies.

I am very excited to welcome Craig to my podcast. Over the course of the episode, we geek out about various movie facts. Craig also talks to me about how certain movies captured the upbringings of children from that era and how different childhood is today. We then discuss how to recast actors in classic movies and how that process works. Finally, we both discuss why we did or did not want co-hosts, and the experience of guesting on someone else’s podcast.

  • 01:15 – How Harry met Craig
  • 02:10 – The first podcast Craig listened to
  • 05:00 – The movies that inspired Craig’s movie craze
  • 08:40 – The origin story of Matinee Heroes
  • 10:30 – The content of Matinee Heroes
  • 15:00 – How movies can be a snapshot of childhood
  • 20:00 – The importance of failure in childhood
  • 24:00 – The Battle of the Network Stars
  • 26:20 – The schedule of Matinee Heroes
  • 27:45 – Craig’s favorite movie villain
  • 30:00 – Craig’s experience as a panel host
  • 32:00 – Craig’s previous podcast
  • 35:00 – Recasting actors in classic movies
  • 40:00 – Advice for people who want a co-host
  • 44:00 – Guesting on other podcasts
  • 46:45 – The Lost in Space reboot
  • 48:00 – Personality vs. attitude
  • 49:30 – Craig’s thoughts on Deadpool

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

We do not often have the opportunity to form friendships with those who have had a life as challenging and rewarding as Aviv Shahar. At a young age, a doctor diagnosed Aviv with a heart disease and told him to avoid strenuous activity. He responded to this diagnosis by winning Israel’s long-distance running championship at the age of 13. Later in his life, he became an air force pilot, and then started a very successful consulting business.

In this episode, I speak with Aviv about his youth, and how winning that race changed him. We then talk about how we are currently experiencing a “Third Big Bang,” according to Aviv. Finally, we discuss how hosting a podcast has helped him not only with his consulting, but mentally as well.

  • 02:30 Why did Aviv start his podcast?
  • 05:20 The themes of Aviv’s show
  • 07:30 The “third Big Bang”
  • 14:00 Below-the-line conversations
  • 17:30 The Fifth Dimension
  • 20:00 The architecture of learning
  • 22:20 Where did Aviv’s ideas originate?
  • 25:00 Aviv’s heart condition, and how he overcame it
  • 35:00 The three-legged journey into mastery
  • 39:00 People Aviv considers mentors
  • 43:00 How Aviv became a pilot
  • 45:35 How his podcast has helped Aviv
  • 55:15 How Aviv has expanded his mind recently

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

The Revision Path was started by designer Maurice Cherry to highlight the achievements of fellow black designers. Since then, both the podcast, and Cherry, have enjoyed accolades and attention from across the podcasting landscape and beyond.

Harry welcomes Maurice to talk about what led to the podcasts creation, how Facebook reached out to him to help them hire more black designers, and about his time in a diversity-focused taskforce for the AIGA; a group dedicated to helping designers across the world.

  • 02:00 - What drove Maurice to start his podcast?
  • 08:20 - Designers that Maurice was fortunate enough to interview
  • 12:30 - Sponsors who have approached Maurice
  • 15:30 - Revision Paths’ relationship with Facebook
  • 19:50 - Why Maurice wanted to focus on black designers for his podcast
  • 27:00 - People Maurice has inspired
  • 33:00 - Organizations Maurice is working with in the future
  • 36:40 - Maurice and the AIGA
  • 40:20 - Where Maurice found his love of design
  • 48:40 - The person Maurice identifies as his mentor
  • 50:30 - Places Maurice is volunteering, to give back to the community
  • 55:40 - Misconceptions Maurice encounters on a daily basis

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Andy Wang is a very interesting person. He is a financial advisor, but also learned slack-keyed guitar from the legendary Raymond Kāne. His podcast Inspired Money seeks to help more people be wise with their wealth, but rather than just having business leaders or other financial advisors, he has a variety of guests from a wealth of industries, such as Zak Penn, screenwriter of Ready Player One.

On this episode, Harry welcomes Andy to talk about Inspired Money, as well as Andy’s music career. First, Andy reveals how he learned slack-keyed guitar from Raymond Kāne. Then, they discuss how Andy’s family reacted to the podcast. Finally, Andy discusses how he has improved his podcast the more he has done it.

  • 02:20 - How Andy prepared to have Zak Penn, the screenwriter of Ready Player One, on his podcast
  • 06:00 - What opened the door for Andy to start his own podcast
  • 08:40 - How Andy learned slack-keyed guitar from legend Raymond Kāne
  • 19:00 - Why Andy chose the title of his podcast, and why making the world a better place is so important for him.
  • 21:50 - The surprisingly varied guests Andy has had on his podcast
  • 29:20 - The input Andy’s family had for the podcast
  • 37:00 - What excites Andy about the future of his podcast, and how his music skills have given him many amazing opportunities
  • 42:00 - How the podcast has changed the more episodes Andy has done
  • 45:30 - Why Andy doesn’t view himself as an extrovert

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

As the world changes, it is very important for CEO’s to try new marketing strategies. When Barney Waters became CEO of sneaker company K-Swiss, he was tasked with remaking the brands image. Barney decided to shift away from marketing to aspiring athletes, and instead market to young entrepreneurs. One of the way he did this was by making the podcast “CEO’s wear sneakers,” a show where he would interview young entrepreneurs. On this episode, Harry talks to Barney about what inspired him to make the change of advertising, how the podcast affected his business, and the future Barney wants for his podcast.

  • 01:15 How Harry met Barney at Complex con.
  • 03:15 The story of Barney meeting Gary Reed, who helped Barney bring his company K-Swiss back into cultural relevance.
  • 08:15 The reaction to Barney’s bold plan to market sneakers to entrepreneurs.
  • 12:40 How Barney used the philosophy of Judo to improve his business.
  • 15:00 The profound success of the marketing strategy of the new K-swiss line.
  • 18:30 The makings of a truly great entrepreneur in today’s world.
  • 20:00 How Barney found his way into the Sneaker business.
  • 24:00 People who have taken notice of Barney’s bold new strategy.
  • 28:00 How Barney’s Podcast has led his business forward.
  • 30:00 The biggest surprises that came up in Barney’s podcast.
  • 32:50 Barney’s dream guests for his podcast.
  • 35:00 How barney feels he is understood by his coworkers.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Nicholas Goblirsch decided one day to make a podcast for one reason: to make friends in his town. Since then, he has grown into a seasoned podcaster who helps others develop their podcasts. On this episode, Harry talks to Nick about his show, The Dependent Independent Podcast, how Nick got the idea to do a podcast, and how the Podcast has changed his life.

  • 00:59 - Different conferencing apps for podcasting.
  • 03:00 - Nick at MAPCON.
  • 07:20 - Advice Harry gave Nick.
  • 09:50 - What inspired Nick to start podcasting?
  • 17:35 - Why did Nick make rules for his podcast?
  • 26:00 - Behind the scenes of the Dependent Independent podcast.
  • 31:10 - How much the podcast has grown since episode 1.
  • 35:00 - How has the podcast changed Nick?
  • 39:20 - Who is Nicks podcast for?
  • 42:30 - Nicks relationships with other podcasters.
  • 47:10 - What has Nick changed his mind on recently?
  • 48:20 - What do people get wrong about Nick?

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

As businesses grow and evolve online, reaching out to new customers has become more and more important. No one knows this more than Rick Mulready, host of “The Art of Paid Trafficking,” a show about teaching small businesses to use online marketing strategies to improve sales. In this episode, Harry talks to Rick about Rick’s transition from the world of Hockey to online marketing, how to effectively use Facebook ads, and how his podcast changed Ricks business for the better.

  • 00:50 - How Rick got into online marketing.
  • 08:00 - Ricks memories of the dawn of the internet.
  • 12:45 - What did Rick learn from the Hockey world?
  • 17:45 - The rise of Facebook ads.
  • 23:46 - Rick’s first Podcast.
  • 27:30 - How the Podcast improved Ricks business.
  • 31:50 - Tips on using Facebook ads.
  • 35:00 - Connections Rick made in podcasting.
  • 40:00 - Wrap up questions.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

William Hung made a huge splash in 2004 at his audition for American idol. Since then, he has turned his 15 minutes of fame into a successful career as a life coach, and Podcaster. His podcast, From Fear to Courage, seeks to help others overcome their fears in everyday life. In this episode, Harry talks to William about his life before and after American Idol, What inspired him to do podcasts, and advice for those seeking to make their own podcasts.

  • 1:05 - The journey from American Idol to podcasting.
  • 8:00 - Other jobs William has worked.
  • 10:25 - Williams first experiences with podcasts.
  • 11:35 - How the format of From Fear to Courage came to be.
  • 13:30 - How other podcasters helped William improve.
  • 17:25 - When did William decide to start becoming a life coach?
  • 18:50 - What kind of people has William helped?
  • 21:25 - What would William view as “done?”
  • 22:20 - Advice for William .
  • 25:00 - future podcast conferences.
  • 27:00 - Williams advice for new podcasters.
  • 30:00 - Wrap up questions.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Denny is the host of Diz Runs Radio. At the time he started he already had a show. Both shows were going for about a month, and he then decided to stop his first show and stick to his running show,. He’s now recorded over 500 episodes, and routinely takes calls on his run from his FB group. It was a pleasure having him back on a 2nd time to share what he’s learned and talk about his new book: Be Ready on Race Day.

  • 01:14 - The first time I had Denny on Podcast Junkies
  • 02:04 - Seeing the progress of your work throughout the years
  • 04:02 - Putting in the work each day to have success
  • 05:34 - The first time we met face to face
  • 06:27 - What was going through his mind when he decided he wanted to start his show
  • 09:55 - The realities of monetizing a podcast
  • 10:57 - Building a client base through his podcast
  • 13:58 - How it takes time to see the results of your podcasting work
  • 16:35 - If he thinks TV studios will start working more with podcasters
  • 18:35 - How he’s grown as an interviewer over the past three years
  • 22:58 - If it’s been a challenge getting his guests acclimated to the tech side of podcasting
  • 25:39 - His most memorable guests/episodes
  • 29:05 - What he’s done to try and get Peter Segel on his show
  • 30:22 - His community and how he’s grown it over the years
  • 36:30 - The book he’s working on
  • 42:56 - Getting feedback on the work all content creators put out
  • 45:23 - If he’s seen any change in my delivery and journey over the past four years
  • 50:32 - Something he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 55:34 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

After 10 plus years as a television news reporter, Erica Mandy decided to quit her job and pursue a career in podcasting. After discovering podcasts while commuting to work each day, she realized she wanted to listen to news that wasn’t so much in the style of NPR, but still gave her a good overview and left her feeling energized instead of depleted. With her journalism background and extensive television broadcasting experience, she took the skills she learned in the studio and applied them to podcasting.

Now Erica is the host of her own show, The News Worthy, where in less than 10 minutes you can listen to the news in a fun and easily digestible way. (Sorry NPR) Her goal is to keep more people informed so that they can choose what impacts them the most and decide what topics they would like to dive deeper into.

  • 04:57 - Where I met Erica
  • 07:31 - Overcast app
  • 08:38 - The first time she became aware what was happening in the podcasting world
  • 09:44 - When she first got the idea to start a news podcast
  • 11:55 - If she considers being a reporter entrepreneurial
  • 14:19 - The feedback she received on leaving her job and starting a podcast
  • 15:42 - How many iterations of her podcast music she went through
  • 19:06 - The goal of Newsworthy
  • 20:24 - How the different jobs she did as a news reporter helped her with podcasting
  • 22:13 - Whether or not journalism students have reached out to her to intern
  • 25:03 - The process she uses to sort and select which stories to report on
  • 26:21 - One of the things she dislikes about TV news that she avoids on her show
  • 28:09 - How she emphasizes reminding her audience on topics that have been previously covered to ensure they understand it
  • 29:16 - The Net Neutrality spoof from Burger King
  • 32:26 - If she thinks she will start offering coaching services in the future
  • 34:14 - If she ever got attached to the subject matter she used to report on
  • 36:40 - Bringing on experts from different perspectives and backgrounds
  • 42:27 - The mentors who were important to her during her career in journalism
  • 48:26 - The support she’s received from her parents
  • 52:26 - Something she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 52:56 - The most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

When Travis Chappell decided to take a leap of faith and attend John Lee Dumas’s mastermind course where he spent a few days with him at his home in Puerto Rico, he underwent a mindset shift that changed the trajectory of his life and career. With the help of John and his mentor, Jeff Brown, Travis has gone on to to become a successful entrepreneur and podcaster.

His podcast, Build Your Network, focuses on teaching people how to build and grow long lasting, invaluable relationships by hearing from successful professionals who share their tips and tricks on expanding your network and meeting the individuals who can help you succeed in your life.

  • 04:18 - Travis sums up his podcasting experience in three words
  • 04:38 - What the hardest part of podcasting has been for him
  • 05:43 - How he connected with John Lee Dumas
  • 11:28 - The mindset shift he had while doing John’s mastermind that led him to where he is today
  • 15:13 - If he thought from the beginning that doing a show on networking would be the best fit for him
  • 19:29 - If he feels he’s gotten better at interviewing
  • 21:52 - How he ended up doing door to door sales
  • 24:26 - Why he believes he was so successful at door to door sales
  • 30:56 - The story of the first time he sold an alarm system
  • 32:18 - Where he gets his work ethic from
  • 38:47 - The problem he recently ran into with guests he booked for his show and how it turned out
  • 41:26 - The five minute rule he tries to live by
  • 45:00 - A relationship he’s had with a mentor that stands out to him
  • 51:09 - Something he’s changed his mind about recently

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Drew Ackerman wants to help you fall asleep. Think of him as the Sandman of podcasting except that instead of sprinkling sand in your eyes he’s sprinkling hour long stories in your earbuds with his slow, droning voice so you can get your much needed rest and relaxation.

Drew describes his podcast, Sleep with Me, as a bedtime story podcast for grown ups and thanks to his hard work and dedication, he’s been helping insomniacs find the priceless sleep they’ve been craving. After discovering podcasts in 2005, he took the plunge and launched Sleep with Me in 2013, making him the last voice many people hear before they doze off for the night. With a head spinning amount of podcast downloads per month and the perfect sponsor to boot, Sleep with Me is evidence of just how impactful podcasting can be.

  • 03:21 - The importance of podcast conferences for him
  • 05:16 - What people believe he looks like when they hear his voice
  • 06:48 - The first time he discovered podcasts
  • 08:03 - When he first started dabbling with podcasting
  • 09:16 - What he did to learn the craft of podcasting
  • 10:20 - His aha moment when he decided to start his Sleep with Me podcast
  • 13:22 - If he’s always had a creative streak
  • 14:21 - The family dynamic growing up with five siblings
  • 15:39 - Who he thinks is the most surprised at where he’s ended up in life
  • 17:06 - When he realized his podcast was starting to get attention
  • 21:37 - The importance of promoting your content
  • 22:38 - When people outside of the podcasting space started taking notice of his show
  • 26:05 - The nicest pieces of feedback he’s received so far
  • 27:57 - When he started having conversations with sponsors
  • 29:14 - If Casper mattresses (his show’s sponsor) are really comfortable
  • 30:11 - How he landed Casper as a sponsor
  • 31:55 - Other shows that have copied the Sleep with Me model
  • 32:56 - Who he looks to for guidance
  • 36:39 - My experience interviewing Lea Thau
  • 38:15 - The podcasting heroes he’s had a chance to meet
  • 40:12 - His experience at PodCon
  • 41:43 - If podcasting has helped him become less introverted
  • 44:24 - Connecting on a deeper level through podcasting/podcasts
  • 47:25 - The insight he’s gained through Apple’s new podcasting stats
  • 48:40 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 49:18 - Something he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 52:43 - The story behind his Twitter handle


Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

To the day it's been 4 years since I released Episode Zero. This episode was a look back at the impact the show has made in my life and a celebration of the lifetime friends I've made as a result. Enjoy my walk in the park!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

For 11 years, Jordan Harbinger was host of The Art of Charm podcast where he interviewed notable A-list celebrities and influential personas such as Gary Vaynerchuk, Seth Godin, and Tim Ferriss. Now, as he begins to forge a new path with his new podcast, The Jordan Harbinger Show, Jordan is aiming to provide his listeners with an even richer, higher quality podcast experience than he’s ever given before.

The goal of his show is for every episode to solve a problem or give the listener something they can apply right away. Jordan is masterful and extremely adroit at interviewing and his meticulous and methodical style of preparing for each guest is just one of the things you will learn from listening to this episode. Sit back and get ready to jot down all the gems Jordan is about to drop in your ears.

  • 07:34 - Interviewing A-list celebrities
  • 09:46 - How he takes control of his interviews
  • 12:28 - His experience in radio and how it’s helped him with podcasting
  • 14:00 - If he thinks about what his audience wants when he’s conducting his interviews
  • 15:36 - Guest vetting and prep to avoid having a boring interview
  • 17:32 - Why the amount of preparation and research is so important to him
  • 20:52 - John Corcoran and what he taught Jordan
  • 23:35 - Rebuilding his new show from the ground up
  • 25:49 - Trust, feeling thankful, and his appreciation for the people who are helping him
  • 29:00 - Getting back into the swing of things by having conversations on the mic
  • 31:11 - If it was strategic to have attorneys as the first couple of guests on his show
  • 31:45 - His interview with Bill Browder
  • 33:52 - Using Scopolamine, a mind-controlling drug, to wage crimes in South America
  • 34:51 - The important role his producer, Jason plays on the success of the show
  • 37:18 - The Jordan Harbinger Show team
  • 37:57 - The story of when he met Jason
  • 39:33 - Why it was important to keep Feedback Friday on his show
  • 42:15 - Jordan’s advice on interviewing and what he does to prepare
  • 47:16 - The important role his family plays while he rebuilds his brand
  • 50:46 - Something he's changed his mind about recently
  • 52:17 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Suzy Buttress is host of The Casual Birder podcast and has a deep love and appreciation for all types of birds. Having recently launched her podcast in November 2017, Suzy set out to share the wonder and excitement of watching wild birds in their natural habitat by sharing her experiences about the birds she’s seen in the UK and other parts of the world with people just as passionate about bird watching.

I was fascinated when I learned about Suzy’s podcast through a serendipitous Twitter thread I came across and reached out to her to invite her on the show. With her elegant and soothing English accent coupled with her passion for birds, Suzy is sure to delight even the most casual birder.

  • 05:10 - How I found out about Suzy’s podcast
  • 06:24 - When her interest in birdwatching started
  • 08:27 - Why she calls herself a casual birder and why she started her podcast
  • 11:03 - Birdwatching as a form of meditation
  • 11:58 - Suzy explains the format, content, and style of her show
  • 14:00 - The type of guests she’s had on the Casual Birder
  • 16:43 - The generosity of the podcasting community
  • 19:28 - Her favorite podcasts
  • 20:35 - Helen Zaltzman’s Podcast Support group she’s a part of
  • 24:17 - The meaning of bird calls and songs
  • 28:38 - How anyone can learn the meaning of the sounds birds make
  • 30:57 - How she is able to determine the type of bird by their sound
  • 34:52 - Combining her husband’s love of photography with her love of bird watching
  • 38:08 - Her husband joining her on the podcast to talk about their trip to Antarctica to penguin watch
  • 40:29 - If penguins are classified as birds
  • 44:51-  Her Facebook group
  • 46:37 - What inspired her to start her podcast
  • 53:05 - What the most challenging thing has been for her as a podcaster
  • 58:35 - How she would like to build and grow her podcast going forward
  • 1:02:01 - Audio drama podcasts
  • 1:03:54 - Something she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 1:06:18 - The most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Joe Pardo is the host of The Business Podcast and co-creator of the Mid-Atlantic Podcast Conference or MAPCON which debuted in 2015.  Super Joe, as he’s currently referred to, is also the author of four books, a speaker, and has a knack for designing nifty t-shirts people want to wear. 

He was turned on to event planning from a young age watching his grandfather put on vendor events in the 80’s and he later started to put together his own LAN parties for video gamers.  After attending a conference in Florida and speaking with Lou Mongello and Jared Easley of Podcast Movement, he got the idea of starting his own podcasting conference for the entire Mid-Atlantic region.

  • 07:26 - The idea behind my Podcast Junkies t-shirts
  • 08:50 - Joe’s Mic Dropper shirt and creating shirts people want to wear
  • 11:18 - His MAPCON shirts
  • 14:01 - The origins of MAPCON
  • 22:37 - His knack for being a very generous host
  • 25:23 - What sets his conference apart from other podcast conferences
  • 26:43 - The “Dating Game” panel they created with podcast coaches & new podcasters
  • 28:13 - MAPCON’s, “Create a Podcast on the Fly” contest
  • 29:04 - One of the things he had to learn to improve MAPCON
  • 31:28 - Adding another day to MAPCON 2018
  • 32:54 - What drew him to DJ’ing early on in his life
  • 35:42 - When I first started DJ’ing
  • 38:46 - Joe’s Adventurtorium album and how it led him to start podcasting
  • 41:10 - His experience editing audio and how he got the idea for his podcast
  • 46:01 - The different types of series he’s done on his show
  • 47:29 - The new series he just launched
  • 49:21 - A common theme he’s noticed in his conversations on The Dreamers podcast
  • 51:57 - What drives him to keep writing books
  • 54:47 - His new book, Sales Won’t Save Your Business
  • 56:09 - Joe talks about the three other books he’s written
  • 1:00:14 - Joe’s two pieces of advice for content creators
  • 1:02:02 - Something he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 1:04:31 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Named one of the best podcasts of 2017 by The Atlantic, The Adventures of Memento Mori, by D.S. Moss, is about death and living a more meaningful and purposeful life. By exploring the science, mysticism, and culture around death, D.S. takes the big elephant in the room and puts it front and center so you’re forced to face this subject that is taboo to so many people.

With topics that range from communicating with the dead, ego death and ayahuasca, to your digital afterlife, The Adventures of Memento Mori, will have you start looking at life and death in a whole new light.

  • 06:12 - What The Adventures of Memento Mori is all about
  • 07:43 - The story behind starting his podcast
  • 10:55 - The process he took in formulating the show
  • 12:28 - If his friends worried once they found out what his podcast was about
  • 14:01 - Talking about the idea of dying in his first episode
  • 14:46 - Advanced Directives and why it’s important that you have one
  • 15:47 - Whether or not it was important for him to have a personal connection to the                                topics he set out to cover
  • 17:48 - His experience in putting together the Psychedelic Ego Death/Ayahuasca                                    episodes (#13 & #14)
  • 19:58 - My practice of ayahuasca
  • 21:16 - Being bothered by consumerism and waste post-ayahuasca
  • 22:23 - Being named one of the best podcasts (#31) of 2017 by The Atlantic
  • 26:16 - My interview with Andrew Mason and his product, Descript
  • 28:00 - His workflow and overlaying his show on top of the Freakonomics formula
  • 29:03 - If he’s been able to meet any of his podcast heroes as a result of his show
  • 30:18 - Being surrounded by podcasters in New York City
  • 32:14 - Podcast conferences and the benefits I find in attending them
  • 35:39 - The shows he was listening to when he came up for the idea of his podcast
  • 38:05 - A group of people who thought his show got too personal
  • 41:05 - One of the reasons he did psychedelics and tried to transcend ego 
  • 41:52 - Where he was born and the different places he has lived
  • 42:19 - Living in his favorite city - New York City
  • 43:56 - The missteps he encountered when he started to promote his show
  • 48:20 - Not feeling natural promoting his show in the social media space
  • 51:04 - Something he’s changed his mind about
  • 53:09 - The most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

For over 10 years, Chel Hamilton has been a hypnotherapist. She decided to create her podcast, Meditation Minis, which focuses on helping people manage their stress and anxiety through guided meditations, after a friend of hers kept insisting she start a podcast on meditation. She committed to doing six episodes, but 6 million downloads later, Chel is only just beginning.

With big plans to take Meditation Minis to the next level by incorporating Virtual Reality technology in the future and adding workshop weekends to her repertoire, it’s definitely safe to say that Chel got more than she bargained for when she set out on her journey of podcasting.

  • 07:04 - Her biggest takeaway from Podcast Movement 2017
  • 08:32 - The sessions she found interesting at Podcast Movement
  • 09:10 - Chel explains the Sparks talks from Podcast Movement
  • 10:47 - How she got the idea for Meditation Minis
  • 13:04 - Why she found it surprising that her podcast has had such a positive effect on people
  • 14:46 - Why she designed her show the way she did
  • 17:26 - When she was first introduced to meditation
  • 18:34 - Chel explains who Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh (Osho) is
  • 20:27 - How she became involved with hypnotherapy
  • 23:20 - What steps she took to ensure she would have a successful business and podcast
  • 27:06 - Why she didn’t end her podcast after her first year as she originally planned
  • 27:49 - The idea of the concept Know, Like, and Trust
  • 29:25 - Repurposing her content for people to purchase
  • 31:18 - How she approaches recording longer meditation sessions
  • 33:44 - Where she learned how to mix sound for her podcast
  • 37:22 - Combining all her skill sets
  • 37:48 - Her plans to create virtual reality immersive guided meditations
  • 39:17 - Podcast Junkies in virtual reality?
  • 41:13 - The therapeutic possibilities of using virtual reality technology
  • 41:29 - Our experience with Float Tanks
  • 44:04 - Growing up and moving away from Columbus, Ohio
  • 45:38 - The person who is most surprised of where she has ended up
  • 46:21 - Her relationship with sponsors
  • 47:31 - If she thinks about different ways to grow her show
  • 50:39 - Her three day Emotional Detox workshop
  • 51:52 - The one most misunderstood thing about her
  • 52:25 - Something she’s changed her mind about recently

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mary Nichols, a.k.a. DJ Fusion, is a seasoned radio DJ and podcaster. She hosts the internationally syndicated radio show and podcast, FuseBox Radio with her co-host and business partner, John (The Black Hawk), which focuses on bringing a diverse mix of independent and mainstream Black Music from all over the world along with relevant commentary, news, and guest interviews.

Mary got her start in radio while she was a student at Rutgers University where she hosted her first radio spot that ran from midnight until two in the morning and where FuseBox radio was founded. Since then, she’s gone on to have a long and illustrious career spanning almost 20 years and started the media based entertainment company, FuseBox Media LLC that delves into the mediums of photography, DJ’ing and writing.

  • 09:04 - Mary recounts the story of when she first stepped into a radio station
  • 10:37 - When she first learned of podcasts
  • 12:28 - The bird watchers podcast I discovered through Twitter
  • 15:43 - Spotify’s growing number of podcast downloads
  • 20:43 - The format of Mary’s show
  • 24:44 - The founding of her media based entertainment company
  • 27:48 - The fans of her show
  • 29:22 - Our mutual love of DJ’ing
  • 36:13 - The origin story of her moniker, DJ Fusion
  • 42:06 - The first time she got the opportunity to inject her opinion on a matter as a DJ
  • 45:24 - How she handles using copyrighted music on her show
  • 50:59 - Where she sees her show going in the future
  • 01:02:28 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 01:03:37 - The one most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Karen Yankovich is a Social Media Marketing Consultant, speaker, and the host of the Good Girls Get Rich podcast. Although she’s new to podcasting, she’s taken her digital marketing experience and expertise in LinkedIn to launch a show aimed at entrepreneurs and small business owners who don’t understand how to use social media and online digital tools and help them to establish confident brands and elevate their income and businesses.

Karen has had success showing companies how they can use LinkedIn to get new clients and she also sees the value of using it in the podcasting space. With her finger on the pulse in the social media and digital marketing world and a lucrative consulting practice, you can be sure that there’s something Karen can help you with to elevate your brand.

  • 04:47 - The story of how Karen and I met
  • 09:19 - Why she changed her mind on the importance of her production quality
  • 12:13 - The challenge of producing videos and why she considered using YouTube
  • 13:58 - Karen’s audience and why she started her podcast
  • 17:25 - The time I forgot to edit out the UPS man who interrupted a podcast recording
  • 18:17 - Karen recounts one of her podcast faux pas
  • 19:13 - Using Zoom for podcast recordings
  • 20:39 - How far in advance she plans her episodes
  • 23:32 - Her days working in corporate America to working in digital marketing
  • 26:02 - If she found it scary going out on her own
  • 27:15 - Surrounding yourself with like-minded individuals
  • 28:33 - Karen’s thoughts on being around like-minded people
  • 29:45 - What a six figure salary means to an entrepreneur
  • 31:09 - Masterminds and how they can help you grow
  • 32:46 - My idea for a new segment I’m calling, Where Are They Now?
  • 33:46 - Growing up in New Jersey
  • 35:49 - How some people thought she was crazy for leaving her six figure part-time job
  • 36:32 - Why others were asking her why she hadn’t left her job yet
  • 39:01 - If she’s always had a creative streak
  • 39:48 - Karen talks about one of the carnivals she planned
  • 40:38 - Why she feels LinkedIn is so important for corporations and entrepreneurs
  • 41:16 - The mentors that have been helpful to her in her career
  • 45:00 - How LinkedIn can be useful to podcasters
  • 50:58 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 51:38 - The one most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Charles Beckwith is the host of American Fashion and Fashion Is Your Business podcast He once ran an online fashion magazine, studied, then dropped out of filmmaking, interned on Dawson’s Creek, and has a network called Mouth Media Network. Phew! We cover all this and more on this fascinating chat. Enjoy!

  • 00:09 - How Charles and I met
  • 02:56 - When he recorded his first podcast
  • 04:16 - How long he had been a filmmaker when he started his podcast
  • 05:16 - The microphone he’s using for this podcast episode
  • 06:01 - How he developed his relationship with Sennheiser
  • 06:55 - Why he feels Sennheiser saw the value of partnering with him and his show
  • 07:48 - Charles explains what fashion technology is
  • 08:37 - Stella McCartney and vegan and environmentally friendly materials
  • 10:58 - The excitement behind wearable tech
  • 11:31 - A company that’s making custom shoes for $250
  • 12:29 - The article he wrote on how the fashion industry could use blockchain tech
  • 13:15 - Syndicated Media’s idea to replace iTunes as the hub of podcast RSS feeds with a blockchain
  • 13:38 - What blockchain technology means
  • 15:13 - Where his love of fashion comes from
  • 15:43 - His most noticeable episodes
  • 17:37 - Why he likes having a panel on his podcast
  • 18:33 - How he’s grown as a host since the start of his show
  • 19:47 - Why he has a love/hate relationship with the show Project Runway
  • 20:15 - Charles explains how he starts every episode of American Fashion
  • 21:30 - What he does with episodes where the conversations weren’t great
  • 22:10 - His network, Mouth Media Network and his first show of the network
  • 24:42 - The podcast player he and his team is developing
  • 28:53 - Whether or not he’s worked on a mobile app before
  • 29:22 - His love of technology, Kevin Kelly from Wired, and the 2600 magazine
  • 30:29 - His piece of fiction in 2600 magazine and his involvement with their conference
  • 31:57 - Mouth Media Network’s different podcasts
  • 32:54 - If he’s ever put a network together before and what he’s learned from creating his network
  • 34:52 - Where he thought he would be at this point in his life
  • 37:01 - His approach to networking and making connections
  • 37:53 - The Stone Soup story
  • 40:55 - When he started to put his skills as a connector to use
  • 42:44 - Something he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 43:05 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 45:14 - What’s got him excited for the upcoming year
  • 47:40 - The podcast conferences he plans on attending this year

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

If you’ve ever used Groupon to grab a discount at a local business then you can thank Andrew Mason for that. He’s the founder and former CEO and he has an appetite for creating cool and useful products like Groupon.

Four years ago he took the idea of Groupon’s ability to use a phone’s GPS to provide discounts to its customers and applied it to location-based audio tours with a company called Detour. His latest venture, Descript, the world’s first audio processor, is geared towards anyone who works with audio and is in need of transcription services.

With the ability to transcribe hours of audio in under five minutes, Descript is a tool that podcasters might want to take note of. But the real magic of Descript is its ability to edit audio by editing text. Magic! Listen in to find out what else Descript can do, it may just be the tool you’ve been waiting for.

  • 05:32 - Andrew’s company, Detour, and its role in the podcasting space
  • 07:11 - If he thought Detour would be as easily consumed as podcasts are
  • 08:42 - The potential of taking snippets of Detour to use for a podcast
  • 10:15 - What he’s learned from launching Detour
  • 11:46 - How the idea of his transcription tool, Descript was born
  • 14:43 - My first thoughts on Descript
  • 15:39 - Descript’s ability to insert voices and delete words
  • 17:56 - Andrew talks about how Descript can be integrated into your workflow
  • 22:42 - Descript’s machine-learning capabilities
  • 24:15 - Andrew describes who can benefit from using Descript
  • 26:54 - Descript’s goal in the future
  • 28:10 - Descript’s ability to conduct phonetic analysis of words
  • 28:43 - If Descript’s technology is new or if it was already around
  • 29:36 - What has him excited about the podcasting space
  • 31:09 - His two favorite podcasts
  • 32:12 - If the desire to create things has always been in his blood
  • 33:41 - The person who showed him what hard work looks like
  • 35:57 - What he’s learned from previous experiences in his career
  • 39:12 - If a podcast is in Descript’s future
  • 40:44 - Why he loves podcasts and The Daily podcast
  • 42:32 - What he learned about empathy and judgment at Groupon
  • 44:38 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Cliff Ravenscraft has helped more than 35,000 people launch their podcasts and get their message out into the world for the past 10 years. Also known as the Podcast Answer Man, Cliff used to work as an insurance agent, but he left that career after 12 years to start his own successful business that today generates about a half million dollars every year.

I am very thankful to Cliff because he was instrumental to the creation of Podcast Junkies so it is truly an honor to have him on the show. There are so many great things Cliff talks about and I can’t wait for you to hear it so go ahead and push that play button!

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

David Steele is the founder of the Steele Empire podcasting network that is home to A Quest for Magic and Steele, which he hosts and produces with his children, and Ark City, which takes place in a post-apocalyptic world where the listener tags along with the hero of the story as it unfolds on each episode. Always searching for new ways to feed his creative hunger and bond with his family, David decided to start A Quest for Magic and Steele which is based off of the popular role playing game Dungeons and Dragons. Complete with character voices and a Gamemaster, A Quest for Magic and Steele is played out live for its listeners to enjoy and enthrall themselves in this improvised fantasy world.

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Trules is the host of e-travels with e. trules. He's lived an incredibly interesting life and recently discovered the world of podcasting. He's an artist, “self-producer and self-initiator”, an amazing storyteller and has taught theater at USC for 31 years. He's been a performer for almost five decades as a modern dancer and a clown, of all things! Going into his last year of teaching he was offered a grant from the school for a project of his choosing and he chose a podcast. And we're lucky he did!

Full show notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

David Ridgen is a Toronto-based filmmaker for the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation and host of Someone Knows Something, a true crime podcast that digs deep to uncover the truth of unsolved crimes. Trained as a documentary storyteller as a filmmaker, David takes those same skills and applies them to SKS to deliver a podcast that is very well produced, investigated, and meticulously crafted. His experience as an investigator and journalist serves him well and he no doubt has helped catapult the rising interest of true crime podcasts.

  • 05:50 - His true crime podcast, Someone Knows Something (SKS)
  • 08:41 - The difference between making a podcast and an investigative film
  • 09:56 - Why he doesn’t listen to podcasts or watch documentaries
  • 11:36 - The unfamiliarity of podcasts in Canada
  • 13:12 - Why he stepped away and felt hesitant returning to work on SKS
  • 16:30 - How he copes and decompresses from the heavy subject matter of SKS
  • 18:32 - His background with investigative journalism
  • 19:53 - How he approaches asking the tough questions
  • 21:49 - The beauty and effectiveness of silence
  • 23:13 - His interest in Michael Moore’s work and the people who have helped him in his career
  • 25:16 - How he goes about finding a case to investigate
  • 28:20 - The importance of the process of looking at the cases he investigates
  • 30:37 - The many families still seeking closure from unsolved crime cases
  • 31:56 - His team that helps him deliver SKS
  • 34:01 - The involved production process behind SKS
  • 36:09 - The music and source audio behind SKS
  • 38:03 - The lengthy scripts that are involved to produce SKS
  • 38:56 - The support of his friends and family in his work
  • 41:34 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Clay Groves is host of the Fish Nerds Fishing podcast, an ice fishing guide, and a grant writer based out of New Hampshire. Although he and co-founder Dave Kellum started the podcast in 2013, they first started Fish Nerds in 2011 as a writing project with the hope of publishing a book about catching and eating every fresh water fish in New Hampshire.

Even though the book project never materialized, it did grow into the Fish Nerds Fishing podcast and with over 170 episodes under his belt, Clay has found a very specific and niche topic that has proven to catch his audience’s attention.

  • 03:58 - The backstory behind the Fish Nerds and the Fish Nerds Fishing podcast
  • 07:35 - MAPCON: Clay’s first experience with a podcasting conference
  • 08:51 - Clay’s background in education and his opinion on conferences in the education space and how MAPCON compares to them
  • 10:05 - What he thinks about the podcast community at MAPCON
  • 11:25 - Road trip adventures with Podcast Junkies episode 136 guest, Amanda Doughty
  • 12:05 - How he met Amanda and their collaborations
  • 13:01 - Making friends through podcasting
  • 13:33 - How using Patreon has greatly helped him with podcasting
  • 17:48 - How to get the most out of a service like Patreon
  • 22:33 - Advertising his ice fishing guide business on his podcast
  • 22:51 - Some of the challenges of podcasting while ice fishing
  • 24:28 - What people are mostly surprised about with ice fishing
  • 26:07 - The sustainability behind ice fishing
  • 27:09 - How thick the ice has to be for ice fishing, snowmobiles, trucks, and airplanes
  • 29:51 - How he feels about getting paid for ice fishing and what he’s doing to grow his business
  • 32:39 - Clay shares one of his most memorable fishing stories
  • 37:34 - People’s natural tendency to help others who are in a bad situation
  • 40:03 - How he got into teaching
  • 41:56 - How he almost had a career in the music industry and when Nirvana stunk
  • 44:51 - The How to Play Guitar with Clay podcast - good or bad idea?
  • 46:18 - Why he likes trying new stuff and the different things he’s done
  • 49:11 - His daughter’s acting endeavors
  • 52:36 - Allowing your children the freedom to explore different interests
  • 54:58 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 58:11 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 01:01:01 - Clay talks about the time he first heard about me and Podcast Junkies

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Pat Flynn is an entrepreneur, blogger, author, podcaster, and host of The Smart Passive Income podcast. Pat has been helping people build passive income-driven online businesses ever since 2008.

  • 07:04 - Pat’s experience with speaking in front of large audiences
  • 08:00 - His earliest memory of performing on a stage
  • 09:26 - The role he plays in his kid’s future career paths
  • 10:37 - What scares him the most as a parent
  • 12:08 - His opinion on children using devices such as iPads
  • 13:16 - His earliest recollection of a video game console
  • 14:20 - His most obsessive moments with video games and his gamer handle
  • 15:46 - His passion for technology
  • 16:10 - The things you sometimes have to do for great vlog footage
  • 17:34 - His recent foray into vlogging
  • 19:39 - If there is something specific about the vlogging medium to be considerate of
  • 21:15 - The importance of relinquishing control and having the right team around you
  • 23:26 - Some mistakes he’s made and what you can learn from them
  • 24:54 - Having Standard Operating Procedures in place for your team
  • 25:47 - What Pat does to ensure he’s always challenging himself and his network of peers
  • 27:16 - What he’s currently doing that’s scaring him and pushing him out of his comfort zone
  • 29:44 - Selling his podcasting course on stage for the first time
  • 34:09 - Handling when everyone wants a piece of Pat Flynn
  • 35:50 - What he does to balance his work/life experience
  • 39:24 - His relationship with friends from his past
  • 41:38 - How he handles giving his time to his fan base at various events
  • 43:42 - Raising the bar each time he performs
  • 45:26 - What he learned about creating keynote speeches
  • 46:28 - His most famous keynote speech and perfecting it each time he performs
  • 48:47 - Why he spends the whole time at the events he attends
  • 50:08 - If he ever reflects back on his career
  • 51:05 - Why he didn’t dance at his prom and his favorite speaking technique revealed
  • 52:36 - The first time he ever hit the dance floor
  • 53:59 - His friend and mentor, Chris Ducker
  • 55:31 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 58:46 - The most misunderstood thing about him
  • 59:58 - His newest project, Build Your Own Brand

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mark Ramsey is the host of Inside The Exorcist and Inside Psycho, podcasts that dive deep to tell the stories behind the making of legendary blockbuster movies. Mark’s podcasts are essentially a television series without pictures, audio graphic novels and biopics where the listener is immersed in sounds that help paint the picture and masterfully accompany the storytelling to create an unforgettable Orwellianesque audio experience.

If you haven’t listened to Mark’s podcasts yet, I’ve included a brief sample of Inside The Exorcist at the end of this podcast that is sure to grasp you and make you hit that subscribe button.

  • 04:22 - How he got connected with Hernan Lopez of Wondery
  • 05:18 - Mark’s podcasting experience and his thoughts on the podcasting space
  • 06:42 - His thoughts on Netflix and its myriad of choices
  • 07:59 - When he first learned of podcasts and what he thought about the name
  • 09:05 - It shouldn’t be so difficult to listen to a podcast
  • 10:46 - Mark talks about how he came up with the Inside Psycho podcast series
  • 14:20 - His response to people that say his podcasts are not accurate
  • 16:36 - If non-fictional stories are more impactful than fictional stories
  • 16:54 - Alfred Hitchcock and his über successful movie, Psycho
  • 18:41 - The process of making art and what he hopes comes out of his shows
  • 19:26 - HBO’s documentary on Steven Spielberg
  • 21:12 - Replicating the success recipe of Silence of the Lambs on his shows
  • 23:12 - His ever evolving storytelling skills and the importance of audio in storytelling
  • 25:34 - Using silence as a color in storytelling
  • 27:03 - Creating your own unique format instead of replicating other shows
  • 29:44 - How the podcasting space has room for innovation
  • 30:38 - What you can expect to hear on the first episode of Inside The Exorcist
  • 31:39 - Where he feels his interest lies
  • 32:45 - The problem with video and how the audio medium compares to it
  • 36:41 - The people who have influenced Mark’s work
  • 43:10 - What he’s changed his mind about recently

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Annett Bone is a dancer, entrepreneur, and the host of The DancePreneuring Studio podcast where she speaks with dancers, choreographers, artistic directors, studio owners, and others in the dance world so they can share their personal stories of the challenges they’ve encountered and the success they’ve experienced in this highly competitive arena.

In this conversation, Annett opens up about her own personal struggles and confronting her self-doubt, how she became involved with dancing, why she started her podcast, and how its helped her grow and opened the door to so many opportunities.

  • 03:14 - Where I met Annett
  • 04:18 - Her experience with podcasting conferences
  • 05:43 - The differences between business and podcasting conferences
  • 07:47 - How she got started on her entrepreneurial journey
  • 13:55 - Dealing with “Imposter Syndrome”
  • 14:26 - Not letting self-doubt stop her from trying new things like starting a podcast
  • 17:10 - When she became aware of tapping into her intuition
  • 18:52 - The work she was involved with before starting her podcast
  • 21:08 - How Annett got started with dancing
  • 25:46 - Immersing yourself around talented people to elevate your own talent
  • 28:04 - What drove her to start her podcast
  • 30:10 - How one particular guest inspired and motivated her during a challenging time
  • 32:32 - How she’s grown as a podcaster since starting her show
  • 33:39 - Annett explains why she thinks she was so self-conscious early on in her life
  • 36:21 - What attracted her about homeschooling
  • 39:09 - The kind of feedback she’s received from her listeners
  • 43:30 - Her experience and thoughts on public speaking
  • 47:05 - An upcoming project she’s working on that’s still hush-hush
  • 48:52 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 50:38 - How she tackles making decisions in her life
  • 52:31 - The trepidation she felt before speaking at MAPCON
  • 53:56 - What she learned about the podcasters she met and heard at MAPCON
  • 55:09 - The one most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Scott Mulvaney is a self-professed adrenaline junkie. From fighting fires to jumping out of planes, mountain biking, rock climbing and more, Scott lives to live a Fired Up Epic Life.

As the creator of the brand and podcast, Live the FUEL, he aims to inspire people to get out of their comfort zone and try new things in order to reach new goals in life. Scott is a high energy, motivational, and inspirational person as is evident in our conversation and by the end of this podcast you’ll be itching to get out of your comfort zone and push yourself to new heights.

  • 04:37 - Scott’s two and half hour podcast episode and why he doesn’t edit
  • 06:03 - The MAPCON conference and his experience with it
  • 08:58 - Scott’s background and how his podcast has helped grow his brand
  • 10:10 - The origins of his brand, Live the Fuel
  • 13:44 - How I came up with the Podcast Junkies brand
  • 15:54 - The story of he became involved with helping others
  • 21:09 - Scott’s work ethic
  • 25:46 - The new Point Break movie, adrenaline junkies and their need for more
  • 28:02 - Getting out of your comfort zone and trying new things like fighting fires
  • 31:24 - What made him decide that he wanted to fight fires
  • 37:30 - What Scott tells people who want to explore beyond their comfort zone
  • 40:10 - What Scott went through when he left the firefighting life
  • 42:58 - Opening up about his struggles and challenges on his podcast
  • 46:38 - Scott’s advice on what to do when you run out of things to talk about
  • 49:36 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 51:47 - The number of skydiving jumps he’s made
  • 52:27 - The story of my first jump
  • 54:02 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jim Collison is the host of the Home Gadget Geeks podcast where he helps people navigate through all of the consumer technology that is out there today. He is also the creator of the Average Guy Network, a channel the “average guy” can visit to get all the information they need to help inform and educate themselves with all the different facets of technology.

Jim recently celebrated 10 years working at Gallup where he was instrumental in the development of a college and high school technical internship program in Omaha, Nebraska and in launching a podcast based around what Gallup is known for - their Strengths Finder Assessments. Gallup now has four podcasts which he helps produce and host. We talk all about it here.

  • 06:10 - The best time to be a podcaster
  • 07:25 - When listeners of your show provide you feedback
  • 09:34 - Jim’s healthy Twitter community and his wildly popular weather tweets
  • 12:07 - The challenges of responding to your community and how Jim manages it
  • 15:26 - The first time he heard of podcasts and the first ones he was listening to
  • 18:24 - His job at Gallup and how he was instrumental in implementing a podcast there
  • 23:01 - How Jim sold the idea to Gallup to start a podcast
  • 25:48 - The importance of having structure on your show
  • 28:28 - Practice makes perfect
  • 30:15 - How being a podcaster has prepared him to be an MC
  • 33:22 - Jim explains the reason he started his network, Average Guy TV
  • 35:48 - Whether or not he consolidates his RSS feeds and other tech questions
  • 38:41 - The story of how he first met Dave Jackson
  • 42:37 - How long Ask the Podcast Coach has been running and interesting moments
  • 45:46 - What Gallup is known for
  • 47:24 - The Gallup Strengths Finder Assessment and what it said about Jim
  • 52:35 - His wife and children’s strengths
  • 53:40 - The challenges of balancing his professional and personal life
  • 57:25 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 59:49 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

After answering an ad from a radio producer in Houston, Texas that was looking for an idea for a radio show, Colleen Mullen received a phone call saying that she had been chosen as the lucky person to launch a podcast - in less than a month! With no prior broadcasting experience, she jumped in two feet first into the podcasting ring and created the Coaching Through Chaos podcast where she interviews authors and experts in the field of psychology to help them navigate through the chaos in their lives.

Colleen is also the co-host of another podcast called Shrink to Shrink and she runs a private practice as a relationship therapist in San Diego, California where she specializes in high conflict couples.

  • 05:21 - Colleen’s relationship with technology
  • 05:52 - How she started podcasting
  • 09:34 - Hurricanes, earthquakes, aftershocks, and tremors
  • 14:03 - Fulfilling her commitment to launch Coaching Through Chaos
  • 15:24 - The response she’s received on her podcast and the connections she’s made
  • 17:07 - Her second podcast, Shrink to Shrink
  • 18:09 - What she has gotten out of going to podcasting conferences
  • 21:33 - Podcast Movement and being completely present in conversations
  • 23:54 - Colleen shares an exciting story from Podcast Movement
  • 26:41 - Building lasting connections and treating your guests like gold
  • 28:29 - Using her podcast as a way to leverage and enhance her business
  • 32:06 - If social media is bringing us closer together or further apart
  • 34:12 - The younger generation’s erosion of social skills
  • 35:15 - How constant communication through texting is bad for couples
  • 36:58 - If experiences with clients and guests on her show merge with one another
  • 38:26 - Using podcasts to establish yourself as a thought leader
  • 40:33 - The creative way she brands her podcast in her waiting room
  • 43:25 - Her time growing up in New York
  • 46:20 - Reminiscing about old New York clubs and NYC living
  • 49:36 - Visiting museums when she’s in big cities
  • 50:06 - One of her memorable museum experiences
  • 51:39 - Our experience with contemporary art installations
  • 54:03 - Her story about the powerful ‘The Lost Boys’ painting by Kerry James Marshall
  • 57:50 - The first time I saw Rembrandt’s Night Watch painting
  • 58:59 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 01:01:08 - The one most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Richard Davies is a journalist with over 30 years experience covering breaking news in politics and business who has now turned to podcasting to find the solutions to the problems that weigh heavily on all of our minds. He co-hosts the How Do We Fix It podcast alongside his longtime friend and journalist, Jim Meigs. Their show looks to find better ways to talk about the issues and problems that all of us face by featuring innovative thinkers and discussing with them the solutions to these often complex situations

  • 03:13 - His thoughts on Podcast Movement
  • 04:49 - The differences between being an on-air news correspondent and a podcaster
  • 05:53 - If his colleagues are curious about his podcasting journey and one thing he’s really learned from podcasting
  • 07:08 - The habits he needed to unlearn from radio when he began to podcast
  • 07:44 - What inspired him to take on podcasting
  • 09:16 - The shows he was listening to that gave him inspiration
  • 10:25 - The host of his show, Jim Meigs and their relationship
  • 11:26 - Richard explains, Change My Mind, the first show he wanted to produce
  • 13:06 - What he did to get guests on his show and what they discovered about attracting guests
  • 14:06 - How he and Jim promise guests a lively interview
  • 15:15 - If guests tell them that the interview was different than what their used to
  • 15:49 - Who his dream guests are
  • 16:38 - What Jim and Neil deGrasse Tyson have in common
  • 17:25 - The feedback they’ve received that’s changed the direction of their show
  • 19:08 - If he’s surprised by the personal nature of podcasting
  • 19:53 - Richard proselytizing for podcasts and how he shows people where to find his
  • 21:48 - The fall of the Berlin Wall: his favorite story he covered as a journalist
  • 24:17 - Appreciating and covering historical moments in history such as 9/11
  • 25:17 - His time living in Hastings, NY and Britain
  • 25:59 - How spending time in the States and England has shaped his worldview
  • 26:41 - When he first knew he wanted to become a journalist
  • 28:16 - If watching journalists on TV was important to him growing up and emulating your idols
  • 29:39 - Two of his favorite journalists
  • 30:42 - Films he thinks have portrayed the news and journalism accurately
  • 33:08 - What he thinks of HBO’s, The Newsroom
  • 33:37 - Richard talks about his episode with Aaron Pilhofer, How Trust Can Save Journalism
  • 37:19 - How he feels about some podcasts
  • 38:36 - The idea behind the Fix It Shorts
  • 40:58 - Where his motivation to continue podcasting comes from
  • 42:09 - How Donald Trump’s election has changed our political landscape
  • 43:41 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 46:04 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 46:37 - Richard asks me a few questions about his show

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

After Elle Martinez got engaged, she started to go over her and her soon to be husband’s finances and quickly realized that they were in two completely different places. Looking for guidance, she began reading personal finance blogs but couldn’t find anyone talking about how to merge and manage your finances once you got married so she started a blog called Couple Money and eventually, the Couple Money podcast.

Through her blog and podcast, Elle has been helping families to achieve financial freedom by sharing her tips and life lessons for reducing debt, increasing income, and building net worth. She is the author of Jumpstart Your Marriage & Your Money and she has recorded over 200 episodes of Couple Money.

  • 05:45 - Her upcoming talk about “personal finance being more personal” at FinCon
  • 07:30 - How she got into podcasting
  • 08:46 - What the impetus was for starting her blog, Couple Money
  • 13:08 - Her listenership
  • 13:54 - When listeners go back to binge on all your episodes
  • 14:48 - How she would record episodes during her daughter’s nap time
  • 15:43 - What “cash-flowing” means and how she learned to edit her podcast
  • 18:26 - What she was hoping to get out of Podcast Movement 2017
  • 20:52 - The memorable business cards she passed out at Podcast Movement
  • 22:46 - The different types of guests she has on her show
  • 25:09 - Her mentors and role models in the FinCon space
  • 27:29 - Her most profound episode where she learned so much empathy
  • 27:29 - Her most profound episode where she learned so much empathy
  • 32:07 - If she’s ever had a guest on the show that said something their spouse wasn’t aware of
  • 33:22 - The joy of keeping podcasts real
  • 34:44 - Debt and depression
  • 38:53 - How she’s grown and what she’s learned because of podcasting
  • 40:49 - Her early interest in financing; bike stunts, and what she studied in school
  • 43:08 - What her family thinks about her being a podcaster
  • 46:09 - If she had any trepidation about entering the financial podcast arena
  • 48:57 - If she thinks any of her kids will ever start podcasting
  • 51:09 - Some podcasts we’re currently into
  • 54:10 - Her thoughts on the Equifax data breach and something called, Chatbot
  • 56:59 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 01:00:34 - The one most misunderstood thing about her
  • 01:02:18 - Her idea for a game design podcast

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Natalie Eckdahl is the host of the Biz Chix podcast, a business coach and strategist who also leads mastermind groups for women entrepreneurs. She was inspired to start her podcast in 2014 because the business podcasts she was listening to mainly spotlighted men and she wanted to listen from more women entrepreneurs who were balancing a business and a family just like she was.

With nearly 300 episodes under her belt, Natalie has been able to provide a platform to women business owners and leaders whose voices are often underrepresented while also sharing her own knowledge and expertise to other female entrepreneurs who are looking to start and improve upon their own businesses.

  • 07:27 - Her thoughts on waiting for the right time to come on the show
  • 08:27 - Lessons she’s learned to improve her podcast and business
  • 11:32 - The first time she received feedback on her podcast
  • 14:44 - How she got started in podcasting
  • 20:02 - Thinking through how you want to design your podcast
  • 24:09 - Finding your own voice
  • 28:27 - My new favorite business podcast, More Cheese Less Whiskers
  • 30:21 - Using your podcast for your business
  • 32:28 - Using her Facebook group to connect her community to her podcast
  • 35:12 - When she has to explain to people what she does for a living
  • 35:32 - Her growing community of listeners and connecting with them at Podcast Movement
  • 37:52 - Celebrity status within the small online world
  • 38:33 - The powerful connections podcasts are able to make on listeners
  • 41:24 - If podcast listening will evolve from a solo in-ear experience to a more communal radio-type listening style
  • 43:44 - Featuring her kids on her podcast and if they will have their own show one day
  • 47:05 - If Generation Zers will take to podcasts
  • 48:03 - The new trend of TV shows turning into podcasts
  • 50:23 - The big support she received from her husband when she started her podcast
  • 53:26 - Creating memories and leaving a legacy through your podcast
  • 55:37 - Being vulnerable and sharing personal stories with your audience
  • 58:04 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 01:03:38 - How you can involve your listeners to help your podcast downloads grow

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Meet Jay Connor, writer and one of the brilliant voices of the podcast, The Extraordinary Negroes, which he co-hosts with Alex Hardy. The Extraordinary Negroes tackles a wide range of issues and topics effecting the black community and aims to shed light and encourage dialogue on these important issues.

Their podcast has been featured in the New York Times, was nominated for Best Society & Culture podcast from The People’s Choice Podcast Awards, was featured in Bitch Media and they were invited to SXSW to perform a live recording of their show. Quite extraordinary for a podcast that has only been out for just one year.

I am thrilled that I had the opportunity to meet Jay and I’m just as excited to introduce him to all of you.

  • 07:52 - How I met Jay
  • 10:08 - If hip-hop and MCing should have an age limit
  • 12:46 - Binging on hip hop documentaries
  • 14:03 - When he first got interested in podcasting
  • 15:32 - His two biggest influences for starting his podcast
  • 16:03 - The event that led the way to his podcast blowing up
  • 19:01 - The three things he thought of so his podcast could stand out from the crowd
  • 19:24 - The meaning behind the name, The Extraordinary Negroes
  • 21:27 - One of the things he’s looking to do in the future with his podcast
  • 23:08 - Why he started The Extraordinary Negroes
  • 25:27 - When he first got interested in writing
  • 26:29 - Where he grew up
  • 27:51 - Culture shock in the military and the biggest culture shock he ever experienced
  • 28:52 - His time in the Air Force and why he chose to go to the military after high school
  • 33:40 - War being such a traumatic experience
  • 34:36 - Why he decided to turn down six figure salary job offers after the military
  • 36:17 - His opinion of Edward Snowden
  • 38:04 - How all his life experiences translate over to his podcast
  • 39:47 - His desire to provide black women a platform to tell their stories and to encourage dialogue on dismantling patriarchy
  • 42:05 - Empowering others to speak through his podcast
  • 43:51 - The divisiveness the issue of transphobia is creating in the black community
  • 46:27 - Transgender people in the military
  • 48:02 - The responsibility that comes along with having a podcast
  • 51:10 - Who in his family is surprised where he’s ended up in life
  • 53:42 - What he liked about the format of the Combat Jack show
  • 55:54 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 58:19 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 59:36 - His future plans for The Extraordinary Negroes

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Kwesi Hankins isn’t just a “Superfan” of Podcast Junkies, he’s a tremendous podcaster in his own right and the founder of Podwabbit, a collection of podcasts that cover such topics as sports, politics, tech news, and much more. You might say that Podwabbit affords its listeners an intimate look at all the different things that are going through Kwesi’s mind. With a podcast to suit every taste, the Podwabbit Network is sure to please even the most discerning of listeners.

  • 04:33 - Where he’s from, where he’s been, and where he calls home now
  • 07:19 - How he discovered Podcast Junkies
  • 10:41 - “Inner-sation” - Kwesi’s first stab at podcasting
  • 14:50 - The origins of Kwesi Wabbit and the Podwabbit Network
  • 17:55 - His background in tech and Podwabbit’s most popular show
  • 19:02 - Sports Chop Block and his other shows on the Podwabbit Network
  • 22:39 - How much time he spends producing the shows on Podwabbit
  • 24:34 - “Perfect is the enemy of done” - being OK with not being perfect
  • 26:22 - Going remote with his portable podcasting gear
  • 30:01 - Podcast Movement
  • 32:43 - His search for the most affordable ear buds
  • 33:44 - His passion for podcasting
  • 36:11 - How he came up with the name for the Pajama Dialogues podcast
  • 37:10 - Working from home
  • 37:48 - My dog, Disco
  • 38:35 - His full-time gig and his podcast, Intentional Grounding
  • 42:46 - Stories from the ER and what he’s learned from those experiences
  • 46:57 - Why his podcast network reminds me of the movie, Inside Out
  • 47:53 - Why he didn’t want to have just one podcast and his idea for another show
  • 50:08 - The Comfortably Numb podcast and his “buffet” of podcasts
  • 52:54 - The Found Podcast and his thoughts on censorship in podcasting
  • 56:10 - iPhone and Samsung’s Galaxy Note 8
  • 58:16 - What he would like to do to attract more people to the podcasting medium
  • 59:28 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 01:00:16 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 01:01:26 - The origin of his name, Kwesi

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

I’m happy to have Rob Greenlee, the Head of Podcast Content at Spreaker back on the show to talk about all things podcasting. Rob is a seasoned podcaster and veteran in the podcasting space. He hosts the Spreaker Live Show and is the co-host of the New Media Show along with Todd Cochrane where they’ve been talking about what’s happening in podcasting for the past five years.

On today’s show, Rob shares with us what he sees happening in the world of podcasting and its future, the rise of podcasting events across the U.S. and abroad, the upcoming panels he’s moderating at this years Podcast Movement, and more superb insight about podcasting that you don’t want to miss.

  • 05:06 - The struggle of keeping up with your favorite podcasts
  • 07:18 - Why people lose interest in the podcasts they listen to
  • 10:41 - His podcast, The New Media Show with Todd Cochrane
  • 14:35 - The topics The New Media Show focuses on
  • 17:27 - The problem with Soundcloud as a podcasting platform
  • 20:20 - Podcast hosting companies and their commitment to podcasters
  • 22:11 - What Spreaker thinks about the future of podcasting
  • 24:51 - The rise of more and more podcast hosting platforms
  • 28:34 - The live podcasting space
  • 34:12 - The “explosion” of podcasting events in the U.S.
  • 36:11 - Radio vs Podcast content
  • 37:47 - Are music radio stations in trouble?
  • 38:44 - Podcast Movement Conference
  • 40:01 - The National Association of Broadcasters Conference courting podcasts
  • 42:43 - The panels he’s moderating at Podcast Movement 2017
  • 47:04 - The possibility of a universal format to export podcast episodes to other platforms
  • 49:13 - The Dynamic Ad Insertion tutorial training he’s helping lead at Podcast Movement
  • 50:16 - Are Dynamic Ad Insertions right for you and your podcast?
  • 53:39 - The growing number of new podcasters at podcasting conferences

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Nicole Abboud is the founder of Abboud Media and the Gen Why Lawyer podcast. A lawyer by trade, she soon came to the realization after practicing law for five years that it wasn’t the career she wanted for the rest of her life. So in 2015, after having conversations with young lawyers about their experiences practicing law, she decided to launch Gen Why Lawyer which eventually inspired her to stop practicing law and follow her passion of starting her own business - helping lawyers better brand themselves, millennial style. Nicole’s voice is helping inspire millennials and others not willing to settle for the status-quo to live a more meaningful and fulfilling life.

  • 03:16 - Where I first met Nicole
  • 05:25 - Which podcast got her interested in starting her podcast, Gen Why Lawyer
  • 06:20 - Her background as a lawyer and how she got the idea to start her podcast
  • 07:36 - When she was first bit by the entrepreneurial bug
  • 08:45 - Leaving her law career to build her own business
  • 09:27 - How going out on her own has changed what she covers on Gen Why Lawyer
  • 10:31 - Her listener base
  • 11:20 - How her guests left practicing law and the types of businesses they’ve opened
  • 13:13 - Why she thinks Gen Why Lawyer has received great exposure
  • 16:39 - What her parents thought when she started podcasting
  • 17:19 - Her family’s ethnicity/heritage
  • 19:02 - The concerns her parents had when she stopped practicing law
  • 20:26 - What it was about practicing law that burnt her out
  • 21:51 - The 9 to 5 employee mindset vs the entrepreneur mindset
  • 24:19 - Compassionate Management
  • 27:25 - When she realized that Compassionate Management was something she should pay attention to
  • 29:03 - Defining Compassionate Management
  • 30:06 - Holacracy
  • 31:22 - The organizations she was involved with in high school
  • 32:40 - The new podcast, What Trump Can Teach Us About Constitutional Law
  • 34:23 - How she’s grown as a podcast host
  • 35:56 - The episode of Gen Why Lawyer that stands out to her
  • 38:35 - How podcasting has changed the way she interacts with people in person
  • 39:11 - Is she an introvert or extrovert?
  • 39:40 - What makes her uncomfortable talking to people “in real life”
  • 43:02 - The ideas she first had for starting her own business
  • 47:24 - Who she would love to have on her podcast
  • 49:45 - The one most misunderstood thing about her
  • 52:42 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 55:47 - What has her excited about returning to her podcast

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Claire Duffy has worked as a screenwriter for over a decade and has loved films ever since she was a child. Her passion in movies led her to attend drama school and study directing. Later in life she worked in theatre in London and then attended film school in Vancouver. Now she is pursuing a new form of expression - podcasting. Her podcast, Women of Hollywood Land explores women in films from the 1910 and 1920’s and Claire couldn’t be more perfect for this new role. I was fortuitous enough to find her via Twitter and I’m excited to share her story and what you can expect to hear on Women of Hollywood Land.

  • 04:58 - The first time she considered screenwriting as a career path
  • 06:51 - Looking back at her journey on becoming a screenwriter
  • 08:45 - Her earliest movie memory
  • 11:13 - How her fascination with films started
  • 13:54 - The first screenplay she wrote while at film school and the start of her blog
  • 15:35 - How she got the idea to start her podcast, Women of Hollywood Land
  • 17:19 - Her passion for female dominated films and filmmakers
  • 19:01 - Her “ready, set, go” approach with things
  • 20:51 - Where she went for information to get her podcast up and running
  • 24:21 - How her podcast is being received
  • 29:06 - Where she grew up and where she’d like her ashes to be scattered
  • 31:11 - The first podcast she ever heard
  • 31:45 - The intimacy of podcasting
  • 33:48 - The Sleep With Me Podcast and what she finds interesting about podcasting
  • 35:21 - Lost Hollywood films
  • 38:25 - What to expect down the road with Women of Hollywood Land
  • 40:07 - Other early Hollywood podcasts and what makes hers different
  • 42:02 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 43:35 - The one most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Amanda Doughty is the creator of the Great Beer Adventure podcast and a craft beer connoisseur. She travels with beer (sometimes on planes) to help show people just how great it is and documenting her adventures through her podcast. The Great Beer Adventure Podcast is more than just a tasting show, it dives deep into the hows and whys of craft brewing while spotlighting the individuals responsible for contributing to this growing movement.

  • 06:45 - Why she loves podcasting, craft beer and why she travels with beer
  • 08:02 - Her plans to start a TV show about craft beer
  • 10:35 - How her TV show would be different than other craft beer shows
  • 15:30 - My artsy Vampire movie picks
  • 17:23 - Stephen King fun fact and my love of his books
  • 19:45 - Crossing state lines with alcohol and Maine’s role in Prohibition
  • 23:38 - The reason she started the Great Beer Adventure podcast
  • 24:25 - How to seal your cooler when flying
  • 25:29 - Why it’s difficult to get a beer company to sponsor her podcast
  • 29:13 - The advertisers that are the best match for her show
  • 33:14 - Her podcast gear
  • 35:27 - The two different types of events she attends to showcase her podcast
  • 38:34 - The time I interviewed Danny Peña and the Gamertag Radio crew at CBS Studios
  • 40:07 - The best ever Show Notes and how she uses social media to grow her platform
  • 42:39 - Her thoughts on collaborating with other beer podcasts
  • 47:45 - Edible six-pack beer rings
  • 53:26 - Her first beer story
  • 59:13 - What sets the Great Beer Adventure apart from other beer shows
  • 01:02:28 - The one most misunderstood thing about her
  • 01:04:51 - What she’s changed her mind about recently

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jay Soderberg, a.k.a. PodVader, emerged from the radio broadcasting world and is now fully immersed in podcasting. He’s been the Head of Content at BlogTalkRadio since 2014 and previously worked at ESPN for 16 years, spending his last eight years there as the lead producer for all their podcasts. He is the host and founder of the Next Fan Up podcast and a big champion for independent podcasters. As Jay puts it, he’s “fighting for the little guy” so they all have a seat at the table when podcasting becomes too big for the world to ignore. Fortunately, BlogTalkRadio helps him advance this narrative by helping podcasters get better at what they do, grow their audience, and monetize their shows. I’m happy Jay entered the podcasting arena and confident that the future of podcasting will be better off because of him.

  • 07:01 - How he got the name, ‘PodVader’
  • 09:00 - How he’s seen podcasting explode and the corporate vs the independent podcast
  • 10:33 - What got him into podcasting and who influenced him early on
  • 13:53 - Eric Hutchinson’s theme song for the Fantasy Focus podcast
  • 15:06 - The Coke Zero campaign
  • 17:10 - How the audience driven Coke Zero ad got started
  • 19:19 - Matthew Berry’s background and podcasting experience
  • 22:42 - The “It” factor - what makes a great podcast
  • 25:13 - His love of radio, the “Lego Tapes” and his desire to become a radio broadcaster
  • 32:15 - Can radio and podcasting co-exist?
  • 34:37 - Adam Curry’s Podcaster Pro audio device
  • 39:49 - His time at ESPN and working for Andy Toh at Blog Talk Radio
  • 41:38 - Andy Toh as the Bill Belichick of podcasting
  • 44:30 - What does Blog Talk Radio do and how can it help podcasters?
  • 52:58 - Host read ads on Blog Talk Radio
  • 01:05:06 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 01:05:58 - What he’s changed his mind about recently

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Dan Franks is one of three founders of Podcast Movement; a weekend gathering for anyone who is interested in or involved with podcasting that is chock full of speakers, panels, and breakout sessions from some of the most influential people in the industry. 2017 marks the fourth year of Podcast Movement and I spoke to Dan about how it got started, the challenges of planning for such a big event, and how he fell into the world of podcasting.

  • 07:26 - The influx of podcasters who are no longer around
  • 08:59 - Why some podcasts last and others don’t
  • 10:58 - The first person who got him interested in podcasts
  • 15:04 - When he knew he wanted to start his own podcast
  • 17:02 - The approach he took when he interviewed John Lee Dumas on the Entrepreneur Showdown podcast
  • 18:44 - What he learned from the Men Seeking Tomahawks podcast
  • 20:41 - Understanding when it’s time to retire your podcast
  • 24:23 - How Podcast Movement got started
  • 27:19 - The Podcast Movement creators
  • 30:00 - Launching Podcast Movement through Kickstarter and the lessons learned
  • 33:58 - People’s misconceptions on the profitability of Podcast Movement
  • 36:12 - How he started working for Midroll
  • 38:16 - How it feels to be seen as a role model in the podcasting space
  • 40:39 - Highlighting minority podcasters and other underrepresented groups
  • 42:34 - The speaker submission process at Podcast Movement
  • 44:10 - New apps appearing at Podcast Movement to help monetize your podcast
  • 46:12 - The challenges of planning for an event like Podcast Movement
  • 49:33 - Who in his family is surprised about the life he’s made around podcasting
  • 50:38 - His biggest supporters
  • 53:10 - How he manages the people wanting to be a part of his inner circle
  • 54:20 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 55:02 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 55:49 - His attraction to event planning and live events
  • 57:30 - Balancing the big name podcasters with the independent creators
  • 59:48 - Working with the agents for the speakers at Podcast Movement

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ilana Levine is a seasoned actress from New Jersey who got her start on Broadway and later made it to the “silver screen” where she has appeared in such films as Failure to Launch, Confessions of a Shopaholic, and Friends with Kids. She is also a director and newly minted podcaster where she interviews fellow actors on her hit podcast, Little Known Facts. Although she’s new to podcasting, Ilana's gift for making her guests feel safe and at ease is proof that she belongs in this arena. And because she approaches this newest endeavor with the same passion, commitment, and dedication that made her such a successful actress, it’s no wonder why Little Known Facts has been so well received.

  • 09:06 - Why Ilana started her podcast, Little Known Facts, and the person behind the idea
  • 13:51 - Where her skill for great conversation comes from
  • 18:14 - Her interview with Octavia Spencer
  • 20:59 - How she feels about people wanting to talk to her about podcasting instead of acting and the two criteria to be on her show
  • 23:43 - Why she decided to transition away from theatre and Broadway
  • 25:19 - Unexpected opportunities and connections arising from podcasting
  • 28:46 - Jumping headfirst into the podcasting landscape and what she wants to offer with Little Known Facts
  • 32:42 - Her Blue Apron sponsorship and Sweet and Sour Salmon with Bok Choy and Ginger Fried Rice recipe overload
  • 37:56 - The story of when she knew she wanted to become an actress
  • 40:26 - The person who inspired her to pursue an acting career
  • 42:31 - The one most misunderstood thing about her
  • 44:17 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 46:11 - Using her podcast as a platform to talk about important causes and organizations
  • 49:58 - Her first Broadway play with Alan Alda and the incredible lesson she learned from him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Niel Guilarte has had a love affair with movies for as long as he can remember and now he makes them for a living. As founder of his production company, Wildstyle Media Group, his podcast, All Things Post, and as a documentary film maker, Niel is the quintessential entrepreneur juggling multiple projects and tasks all at once and delivering quality content through various forms of media. Tune in to find out how he got started in film, how shooting homicide video for the police department helped hone his craft, how being a self-taught content creator didn’t stop him from going after his dreams and his previous life as a DJ and his love of freestyle music and vinyl records.

  • 05:20 - The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary and The Messengers Podcast
  • 06:57 - How Niel got involved with The Messengers film
  • 08:19 - Niel’s background
  • 15:48 - His most important film project
  • 19:15 - Our love of freestyle music, turntables, and vinyl records
  • 23:59 - How I used to schlep my DJ equipment around back in the day
  • 26:05 - Legends of Freestyle Podcast idea
  • 27:52 - Freestyle music - an audio history
  • 30:49 - Shooting homicide video for the Orlando Police Department and how it helped improve his craft
  • 37:16 - “Doing” in order to achieve your goals
  • 38:58 - Niel’s big year
  • 41:07 - Attracting the right people to detract “the haters”
  • 45:14 - Where his positive outlook comes from
  • 47:34 - Niel’s advice to the PJ tribe
  • 49:22 - “Leveling up” and mentoring others
  • 52:16 - The mentors who’ve helped shape his future
  • 54:15 - All Things Post Podcast
  • 55:29 - How he’s landing the big guests for his podcast
  • 01:00:44 - The one most misunderstood thing about him
  • 01:01:26 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 01:02:42 - What his family means to him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Krisztina ‘Z’ Holly is the host of The Art of Manufacturing Podcast where she interviews the entrepreneurs, founders, and CEO’s that are pushing the boundaries of the manufacturing world in Los Angeles and is the founder of Make it in LA. Before she started podcasting she studied Engineering at the prestigious Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA and she created the first ever TEDx Talks while working at the University of Southern California (TEDxUSC) where she curated and hosted the talks for four years.

  • 08:26 - Why she became interested in podcasting
  • 11:39 - Where her high standards come from
  • 14:34 - The story behind creating the first ever TEDx Talks
  • 18:36 - What she learned about pitching ideas from putting TEDx together
  • 21:19 - The decision making process
  • 26:22 - Her, “I Have an Idea” folder
  • 27:38 - Her dad and the invention he’s been working on
  • 33:12 - Her experience of attending MIT as a woman
  • 41:48 - The kind of guests she likes having on her podcast
  • 44:58 - What she thinks make a really good interview
  • 47:04 - How I select my Podcast Junkies guests
  • 49:30 - My Venn Diagram
  • 53:17 - Her most challenging interviews
  • 54:30 - Her conversation with Dov Charney
  • 59:13 - The type of guests she gets excited about having on her show
  • 1:01:49 - That time she did an interview with a convicted murderer
  • 1:06:07 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 1:07:00 - The one most misunderstood thing about her

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Lee Silverstein is a survivor of childhood cancer and was later diagnosed with Stage 2 cancer in 2011 after undergoing a routine colonoscopy. When he attended a podcasters meet-up in 2014 he was inspired to start his own podcast, the Colon Cancer Podcast, where he provides people the hope and support they need when they are told they have cancer. By providing cancer survivors and caretakers a platform to share their stories, Lee is a constant inspiration for the many people who have been affected by colon cancer.

  • 06:57 - The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary
  • 08:55 - How he felt about seeing himself on the “big screen”
  • 09:34 - His colon cancer diagnosis
  • 11:17 - How his idea for the Colon Cancer Podcast started
  • 15:12 - How his community of supporters has helped provide the fuel for his podcast
  • 16:55 - The first time he realized his podcast was making an impact on people’s lives
  • 21:36 - A.G.E. and how spending time at the gym has helped him deal with his cancer
  • 23:07 - How having a positive attitude has helped him battle cancer
  • 27:16 - The factors that impacted his self-confidence growing up
  • 28:46 - My older sister who passed away from leukemia
  • 30:01 - What he remembers about having cancer as a child
  • 31:00 - His fondest TV show memory
  • 32:07 - The story of his connection with Greg Trout
  • 34:44 - Determining who he wants on the podcast and finding topics for the show
  • 36:38 - How having his podcast has helped him expand his own knowledge of cancer
  • 38:23 - Podcasting as a cancer patient
  • 42:46 - How he landed his first sponsor
  • 45:17 - How his confidence has grown as a podcaster
  • 47:49 - The events and communities of Chris Krimitsos
  • 53:03 - His next podcast goals
  • 55:48 - The tutelage of Glen the Geek
  • 57:01 - What he’s changed his mind about recently
  • 59:15 - The one most misunderstood thing about him

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

To celebrate my three year anniversary of Podcast Junkies, I had the pleasure of speaking with podcasting veteran, Gary Leland. Although Gary is a well-known Hall of Fame podcaster, there is so much more to him that makes him tick. I was so honored that Gary shared so many incredible stories from his life that he hasn’t shared before so we could all get to know him better.

I love bringing you these great conversations and I want to thank you for listening, for continuing to listen and I’m humbled to have you as part of the Podcast Junkies family.

  • 03:44 - His online stores and businesses
  • 09:18 - His view on inventions and ideas
  • 10:59 - His mini-blinds and wallpaper business
  • 19:09 - Innovations in wallpaper
  • 21:18 - Why the wallpaper business fell from grace, what took its place, and its resurgence
  • 25:13 - What it’s like working with his wife, Kathy
  • 29:58 - What attracted him to Kathy
  • 30:56 - What has changed about him over time
  • 33:04 - When he realized Facebook was going to be a tool for business
  • 33:37 - Pinball machines
  • 35:18 - What he misses doing
  • 36:27 - His two fondest surfing memories
  • 48:35 - His childhood and growing up with guns
  • 54:04 - How policing has changed and his run-ins with the law
  • 01:07:03 - His very first business and the first time he got screwed in business
  • 01:10:13 - Beating chess phenom Bobby Fischer
  • 01:14:08 - Sneaking into sporting events

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

As a former teacher for 10 years, Adam Lewis Walker decided to break away from the traditional classroom setting and life as a career professor in order to teach people more about success rather than academics. With an extensive background in teaching and a lot of hard work, Adam is now a best selling author and keynote speaker, a mentor and coach for entrepreneurs, and founder of the Awaken Your Alpha podcast.

  • 09:17 - People who love to complain and how to avoid becoming one
  • 12:11 - Where he was when he ad the idea for the Awaken Your Alpha podcast
  • 16:04 - The most surprising thing he discovered when he started podcasting
  • 19:36 - Being a teacher in South London
  • 22:32 - What motivated him to become a teacher
  • 24:33 - Sports and the struggles of being an athlete in England
  • 28:02 - His Olympic pole vaulting aspirations
  • 28:58 - His first entrepreneurial adventure
  • 31:24 - His first real business
  • 34:41 - The biggest take-away from his first business
  • 43:40 - The mentor who shaped who he his today
  • 50:50 - How valuable and helpful a coach can be
  • 53:42 - Our future business and Shark Tank pitch
  • 56:13 - His view on bullying and addressing the topic with his kids
  • 01:01:58 - What he’s changed his mind about recently

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In just two short years, Ramona Rice has gone from someone who didn’t even know what a podcast was to birthing three different podcasts, changing careers and working for Podcast Websites, and most recently starting a podcast with her mother. Ramona is loved and adored in the podcasting community and after listening to my conversation with her I think you’ll know why.

  • 04:29 - Her Super Powers
  • 07:00 - How she discovered podcasting
  • 07:44 - How the Sports Gal Pal podcast came to existence
  • 10:15 - What she learned from starting the Sports Gal Pal podcast
  • 12:55 - How and why she got into sports
  • 13:12 - Who she originally wanted to target with the Sports Gal Pal podcast
  • 14:17 - One of the most famous people she had on her podcast
  • 15:10 - Reaching out to potential guests via Twitter
  • 16:35 - The reason she thinks she was able to land big guests on her show
  • 20:43 - What she got out of the 2015 NMX conference
  • 27:49 - We Should Not Be Friends podcast and what made her a better podcaster/interviewer
  • 34:47 - Her next podcast project, Spapreneur
  • 35:53 - Podcasting with her mother
  • 40:19 - The Messengers - A Podcast Documentary
  • 41:45 - Why she stopped the Sports Gal Pal podcast
  • 42:54 - What she feels is missing in the podcast industry
  • 44:24 - What she’s learning from improv comedy and how it’s helping her
  • 46:00 - Why she thinks she talks so fast
  • 48:03 - Her first recollection of demanding attention
  • 55:02 - Her kids watching her podcast
  • 59:41 - The one most misunderstood thing about her
  • 01:01:03 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 01:04:11 - Her advice to new podcasters

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Tina Conroy is the host of The Intuitive Woman Podcast and what is known as an Intuitive - a person who taps into their guides to get a message. She helps other women develop their innate power of intuition and she is also a devout practitioner of Reiki, Energy Healing and a yoga teacher. We dive into where I met her, the story of the first time she tapped into her intuitive side and how she turned her intuition into her life’s work.

  • 05:37 - When she first got the idea to start her own podcast
  • 09:40 - Our back pains
  • 13:24 - The importance of listening to your body
  • 14:10 - What an Intuitive is
  • 14:54 - The first time she tapped into her intuitive side
  • 20:13 - Oracle cards and the story of The Oracle
  • 22:20 - How her intuition paved the path to her life’s journey
  • 27:06 - Her challenges as an entrepreneur
  • 27:52 - Abundance/Scarcity mindset
  • 30:50 - The spiritual community in Long Island, NY
  • 32:08 - How her friends and family have reacted to her spiritual path and career
  • 35:22 - Lessons she’s learned from podcasting
  • 38:31 - The, “Are you making money podcasting” question everyone asks
  • 39:04 - The corporate environment vs the entrepreneurial circles
  • 41:48 - Feeling comfortable with your spirituality
  • 44:15 - The Balloon Effect
  • 46:58 - What’s misunderstood about her
  • 47:51 - The funny and silly side of her
  • 48:57 - What she’s most proud of accomplishing

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Since practically the age of two, Tina Dietz has always felt comfortable with a microphone in her hands and that easiness and her background as a therapist has since led her to become a very regarded interviewer, coach, consultant, and podcaster. She is the founder of Start Something Creative Business Solutions where she helps people launch businesses, podcasts and audio books. We cover a lot of great topics that is sure to enlighten even the most seasoned podcasters and entrepreneurs.

  • 05:33 - Why she loves going to podcasting conferences
  • 06:04 - The Messengers - A Podcast Documentary and how she is involved
  • 10:51 - Podcasts and podcasting as a means of therapy
  • 12:51 - What the impetus for starting her podcast was
  • 16:01 - Her early childhood recordings
  • 16:32 - What she did the first time someone handed her a microphone
  • 17:41 - How she became so comfortable behind a microphone
  • 18:15 - Performance Anxiety
  • 19:35 - How to use your complaints and upsets to quickly and creatively solve issues
  • 25:57 - Who she was grateful for and surprised to have on her podcast
  • 29:20 - The price one pays for being famous
  • 29:54 - Realizing there is an audience who wants to hear great conversations
  • 32:11 - How she helps her clients face their fears of starting a new business venture
  • 36:42 - Best practices you can implement to find success
  • 38:05 - Business plans
  • 39:38 - The Nayada Institute of Massage and a new massage modality
  • 42:22 - What she’s changed her mind about recently
  • 44:39 - The one most misunderstood thing about her
  • 45:18 - The books she’s reading/listening to now
  • 46:26 - Her vision of 10,000 thriving businesses

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Engel Jones is the host of the 12 Minute Convos where he has had more than 1000 conversations with incredible people in a span of three months. He’s passionate about podcasting and speaking to people about their potential. Our conversation is a beautiful dance that crescendos into a deep philosophical examination of The Ego, recognizing abundance, and the importance of giving without expecting anything in return. You’re going to want to listen to this one through your favorite headphones or earbuds.

  • 03:51 - “The Record.”
  • 06:04 - The concept behind the 12 Minute Convos.
  • 08:54 - The intimacy of podcasting.
  • 11:05 - Who he learned to ask the right questions from
  • 12:30 - When Engel Met Harry.
  • 15:39 - One of the challenges podcasters face.
  • 17:21 - The food in Trinidad.
  • 19:19 - Angel vs Engel.
  • 21:08 - The importance of getting the pronunciation of your guest’s name correct.
  • 23:09 - When his interest in self-discovery began.
  • 26:09 - Where Harry gets his energy for a conversation from.
  • 29:54 - Connecting with others through his guitar playing.
  • 31:48 - The importance of having a story.
  • 34:53 - Who he learned how to put people at ease from.
  • 36:16 - What inspires him to speak to people about their potential?
  • 37:17 - Abundance.
  • 38:01 - Giving.
  • 39:33 - The Ego.
  • 43:13 - What does it take to push his buttons?
  • 44:42 - What’s the most misunderstood thing about himself?
  • 47:00 - Who has been the most surprised by who he’s become as a person?
  • 50:14 - What has he changed his mind about recently?
  • 50:31 - The appeal of Walmart and what he’s always wanted to learn to do.
  • 53:36 - The word, ‘manly’ and the negative connotations and stigmas words can have.
  • 55:29 - Brining into alignment the masculine and the feminine.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this episode I talk with the husband and wife duo behind Planted in Miami, a podcast about conscious living in the Magic City. We do a deep dive into their inspirations, why they transitioned to a plant-based diet and how podcasting made them take the leap to quit their 9-5 jobs. There are lots of laughs but also great insight into the entrepreneurial life and all it entails.

  • 04:27 - How they learned to start podcasting
  • 07:05 - Who influenced their podcast
  • 08:56 - Podcast format (husband and wife)
  • 09:33 - Planted in Miami origin
  • 15:25 - What prompted their move to a plant-based diet
  • 22:01 - Harry’s reason for turning vegetarian
  • 24:56 - Jeanette’s audition on American Idol
  • 28:49 - How they met
  • 29:32 - Why they left their 9 to 5 jobs
  • 33:29 - Their new business venture
  • 34:47 - Alex’s advice for wannabe entrepreneurs
  • 35:11 - The two things they spend their money on
  • 38:50 - Katie Krimitsos Podfest presentation
  • 39:40 - The importance of intellectual property
  • 44:31 - Why having a support group is important
  • 46:15 - How accountability calls can help entrepreneurs
  • 49:16 - Structuring your work day
  • 01:02:27 - Getting comfortable with your voice
  • 01:04:07 - What has Alex changed his mind about recently?
  • 01:05:03 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Jeanette?
  • 01:07:07 - The influence of Latino culture
  • 01:08:34 - Alex’s opinion on Kenny G

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

This week’s episode is an engaging discussion the host of The Podcast Engineering School. Originally from New Jersey, he now calls Colorado Springs home. Naturally the conversation starts off techy, and we understand how Chris got his engineering start. It’s a testament to his varied interests that end up on the subject of meditation!

  • 03:00 - The value of the Podfest conference
  • 04:45 - How Harry ended up at Podfest
  • 06:00 - Chris’ experience with a podcast studio
  • 08:00 - What Chris found in Alaska
  • 10:30 - The struggles of keeping up with technology
  • 12:10 - The beauty of a mobile existence
  • 14:00 - The day the internet broke!
  • 15:50 - The genesis of Chris interest in technology
  • 17:30 - Why was there a need to bring engineering skills to podcasting?
  • 23:00 - Recommended settings for an episode MP3?
  • 27:00 - The challenges with Harry’s new podcasting course
  • 29:00 - Partnering with companies doing interesting things in this space
  • 32:00 - Daniel J. Lewis’ Podcasters Society

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

As host of Marketing to Crush Your Competitors, Fabienne has demonstrated the power of consistency, with over 250 episodes published to-date. Coming from a competitive background she understands the importance of striving to do your best but always in an ethical way. She understands clearly that podcasters need to remember that they are the owners of their show, and should always be directing the conversation.

  • 02:45 - Quick chat with Soren Pederson, Product Specialist at Shure
  • 07:07 - Thoughts on theming days
  • 08:40 - Importance of a partner to hold you accountable
  • 12:45 - Individuality with a business partner
  • 15:10 - How Fabienne met Vernon Ross
  • 16:25 - The genesis of the podcast
  • 17:15 - The importance of leveraging influencers
  • 20:00 - Return guests are Hall of Famers
  • 22:00 - Fabienne’s competitive nature
  • 27:00 - Don’t forget the listener
  • 30:00 - Why your marketing always needs to be a part of your personality
  • 31:00 - Why Andrew Warner inspires Fabienne
  • 33:40 - Something Fabienne’s changed her mind about recently
  • 34:10 - What is the one most misunderstood thing about Fabienne

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Keith Tomasek is the host of The Inadequate Life and a professor at. He’s a great guy and super fan of the show, having worn the Podcast Junkies t-shirt on Day 1 of his podcasting class. He’s also a masterful interviewer and gives us some great insights in to how make your guest shine! He shares the challenges of living with Crohn’s Disease. A really insightful gem for podcasters.

  • 11:15 - Keith’s family history and their t-shirt biz experience
  • 13:20 - How did Keith’s podcasting class go?
  • 16:00 - My experience teaching a class at General Assembly
  • 19:30 - Podcasters’ obsession with landing a sponsor
  • 24:00 - How best to position yourself to a sponsor
  • 27:35 - Origins of The Inadequate Life podcast
  • 29:35 - Tips on getting the most out of your show’s name and author field
  • 32:10 - What drove Keith to start a podcast, and his connection to Marc Maron
  • 35:00 - How the podcast grew a relationship with Chilina Kennedy
  • 37:50 - Keith’s performing background
  • 45:10 - How has Keith improved as a host?
  • 47:00 - The challenges of consistency
  • 53:00 - The moment when Keith got a bit emotional
  • 56:10 - A story from his father that really resonated with Keith
  • 01:01:05 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Keith

 Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Richard and Shawn are the comedic hosts of The Language of Bromance, a podcast where they laugh about things they go through, stories in the news and even getting serious discussing issues like net neutrality. Every so often their friendship turns to a bitter reality with their nerdiest creation, the draft episodes, an original take on a “Best Of” or a “Top 10” list. In this episode, you will discover the nature of why they started the podcast, why they’re continuing and how it’s actually helped them forge a fantastic friendship.

  • 09:03 - How did Shawn & Richard come up with the name of his podcast?
  • 10:40 - Inspired by Kevin Smith of SMODCAST to do a podcast --which turned out to be a great way to catch up with your best friend
  • 14:40 - “Audio voyeurism” at its finest
  • 17:45 - From horror movies to D&D to podcasting: the origin of their friendship
  • 24:20 - How their friendships have changed over the years
  • 27:45 - Making it a priority of pruning friendships - only if you think it’s worth it
  • 32:00 - Importance of family support along the podcasting journey
  • 35:11 - The guys recount the response they received while explaining the concept of their show at Podcast Movement.
  • 38:38 - Being lovingly referred to as “The Bromance Guys”
  • 41:50 - Inspiring others to go and share your unique story
  • 46:25 - What has the feedback been like of the show?
  • 50:35 - Have they come across anything in the course of the episodes that they didn’t know about one another?
  • 51:12 - What does the future of the show look like?
  • 56:20 - What has Richard changed his mind about recently?
  • 58:00 - What is the one misunderstood thing about Shawn?
  • 59:19 - What has recently gotten the both of them excited about?

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Gary Jenkins is the host of the true crime podcast, Gangland Wire, which recounts his stories of true organized crime true as a Kansas City Police Detective. With twenty-five years on the police force, Gary has a lot of stories to tell! His enthusiasm for learning new technologies and passion for actively participating on these platforms enable him to genuinely connect with his listeners. Gary and I dive into some stories on the police force and we discuss the origins of the podcast.

  • 08:35 – The podcast’s focus on the west side mafia and serial killers.
  • 11:40 – How did Gary come up with the name of his podcast?
  • 13:25 – The AHA moment when Gary realized through podcasting he could share his crime stories in an innovative way.
  • 17:25 – His co-host, Aaron, is an interesting guy!
  • 21:30 – A checkered past living in Kansas City didn’t stop Gary from getting a job as a cop.
  • 24:45 – Bringing together your neighbors, thanks to crime and Facebook.
  • 29:20 – An incident made Gary realize he didn’t have the police “edge” anymore,
  • 35:00 – Gary is proud of his documentary film.
  • 40:15 – Channeling Jerry Lewis with a fundraiser episode.
  • 43:25 – Gary clears up the myth -- does an undercover police officer have to admit they are a cop if asked?
  • 44:00 – Other countries are fascinated with the glorification of organized crime.
  • 46:30 – Harry and Gary share sound advice for fellow podcasters.
  • 49:00 – What is the one most misunderstood thing about Gary?
  • 50:00 – How the Buddhist practice has helped Gary control his negative thoughts.
  • 52:00 – What has changed Gary’s mind recently?

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mike Murphy is a one man band and the host of Mike Murphy Unplugged. He is a podcast helper, tutorial maker, and each of his podcast episodes follows a very specific theme or topic. Mike has been podcasting consistently for the last three years, but who is the man behind the mic? Find out on this week’s show!

  • 03:15 - Why did Mike decide to podcast about podcasts?
  • 04:55 - Mike talks about his recording gear!
  • 09:25 - When you become a podcaster, consuming podcasts starts to decrease.
  • 14:35 - Why did Mike decide to have a theme for every single one of his episodes?
  • 16:40 - Mike knows his topics will begin to repeat soon, and he doesn’t know how he’ll deal with it just yet.
  • 18:45 - What kind of feedback has Mike gotten from his listeners?
  • 20:55 - Mike sometimes isn’t sure if what he’s saying is really resonating with his audience.
  • 23:00 - Mike talks about his love for yoga.
  • 27:30 - Mike started small, when it came to his social media presence, but now he has increased his exposure to other platforms, because he wants others to know that he’s out there!
  • 29:35 - Instagram has been Mike’s favorite choice so far.
  • 31:20 - You have to put yourself out there, especially when it comes to your brand.
  • 32:30 - What kinds of activities does Mike do to keep himself ‘sane’ and ‘well-rounded’?
  • 38:45 - Will Mike be at any of the podcast conferences this upcoming year?
  • 43:20 - Is anybody in Mike’s family surprised about Mike’s podcasting hobby?
  • 47:00 - Podcasting is so great, because it shows introverts a new low-pressure way to interact with others.
  • 51:50 - What is Podcaster Toolkit about?
  • 57:10 - This year Mike has been focusing on trying to simplify things.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Katie Krimitsos is the ever-so-passionate host of Biz Women Rock! Katie and I talk about our spirituality, and putting the right energy out in the world. If that’s too much woo-woo, then bear with us. We do also dive into what really drives Katie, what to do when people have these ‘should’ expectations towards you and your business, and how to not get caught up in the competition.

  • 05:50 - Where does Katie’s drive to help others come from?
  • 07:55 - Did Katie have a mentor while she was in corporate America?
  • 09:45 - What does family mean to Katie?
  • 14:00 - Katie thanks her parents for winning at parenting.
  • 16:30 - Birthdays are such a big deal for mothers.
  • 20:15 - These days you can find me signing emails with hearts, and giving people good vibes!
  • 22:30 - Be who you are. You attract the best people that way!
  • 30:20 - This convo might be getting a bit too woo-woo!
  • 33:35 - Katie is vegan...ish.
  • 36:45 - Has Katie noticed her podcast changing, as she grows as a person?
  • 41:25 - There are a lot of people who are close to Katie, who believe she ‘should be’ doing x task or thing in her business.
  • 42:00 - But at the end of the day, Katie is the only one who knows what’s right for her and her community.
  • 43:35 - There’s always competition out there. Don’t get caught in that.
  • 45:15 - What’s the most misunderstood thing about Katie?
  • 47:55 - What has Katie changed her mind about recently?

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Glenn from ponies rolling in the water to educating podcasters on the powerful impact of building long-term relationships with sponsors, Glenn tells it like it is. He's adamant about why learning improv has been one of the keys to his success. Listen to why he decided the pickle wench at the Renaissance fair was going to be his wife, ideas about the next podcasting gold mine, and the Mongol Derby!

  • 04:35 - Why Scooter is the world's most famous pony.
  • 07:00 - Being around when iTunes got started
  • 12:00 - Why the title sponsors re-signed up for next year's radiothon
  • 12:35 - Where Glenn get's his drive to be first
  • 14:00 - Why learning improv was one of the best things he's ever done
  • 17:45 - Learning improv from Wayne Brady
  • 18:15 - Meeting his wife at a Renaissance fair, a pickle wench
  • 21:00 - Growing up with the Amish and black buggy Menonites
  • 25:00 - A primer on riding styles
  • 27:30 - Why the horse passion niche has been so successful
  • 31:10 - What most people don't know about horses
  • 35:20 - What is the Mongol Derby?
  • 39:00 - A little horse history
  • 45:00 - Who inspires Glenn
  • 49:00 - Why magazines are ready for podcasting
  • 56:00 - Go find the active engaged buyers
  • 01:00:00 - What's the most misunderstood thing about Glenn?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Rob Dionne is the host of Open Sky Fitness, a podcast with an incredibly engaged community, who are all struggling with their weight loss journey. Rob shares tips on how he was able to really, really engage his audience, and why he decided to make a shift in his interviewing style, in order to present himself as the expert.

  • 00:10 - This show is a bit overdue, because Rob and I were suppose to have this conversation after Podcast Movement 2015.
  • 01:50 - Rob bought his first house two years ago.
  • 05:30 - Where did the name, ‘Podcast Junkies,’ come from?
  • 07:05 - Who inspired Rob to start his own podcast?
  • 13:05 - It’s not a mystery trying to get people on your show. Just be open and ask them.
  • 15:25 - How has Rob grown as a person, since he started his podcast?
  • 18:05 - When Rob brought his wife onto the show, his download numbers doubled.
  • 20:55 - Rob’s lead generation has completely changed, all because he created that podcast group.
  • 24:10 - Rob hates it when the host on Facebook Live interrupts themselves just to answer user comments. Do a separate section for that!
  • 32:05 - People want to connect with another human being.
  • 33:00 - Most people struggle with their weight. Rob let himself go when he was 30, and the things that kept him healthy when he was 20 years old, weren’t working.
  • 36:25 - Rob talks about his sister.
  • 38:45 - Write down everything that you are eating. EVERYTHING!
  • 41:10 - Rob’s sister didn’t even know what gluten meant.
  • 44:40 - How did Rob get into fitness?
  • 48:15 - Rob shares a client case study, about a guy who had horrible acid reflux.
  • 51:00 - Whenever we take medication, it messes with our inner microbiome.
  • 54:10 - Business and nutrition are unbelievably similar.
  • 55:15 - What’s the most misunderstood thing about Rob?
  • 01:00:40 - What has Rob changed his mind about recently?



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Have you ever found a note on the ground that was maybe meant for somebody else? Davy is fascinated by the origins of these notes, and has since created a magazine, and then a podcast, on uncovering the true meaning and stories behind these forgotten notes. Find out why Davy has such a fascination towards the lost note, on this week’s podcast!

  • 05:25 - How long has Davy been a writer?
  • 07:55 - Are writers functioning alcoholics?
  • 10:25 - People aren’t in podcasting to be millionaires.
  • 11:05 - When did Davy first listen to podcasts?
  • 18:25 - How did Davy distribute the magazine in the very early days?
  • 20:15 - Were there any specific stories that really stood out to Davy?
  • 25:05 - Davy asks me how I first got into podcasting.
  • 34:40 - For the longest time, Davy was so curious as to who these people were that were writing these random stories and notes.
  • 35:55 - As technology has evolved, you really have to be in a certain type of state to sit down and write a note.
  • 40:45 - In the magazine, Davy and his team change the names and any other identifying info of the people who wrote these letters.
  • 41:30 - How does Davy approach the people who have written these ‘abandoned’ letters after all these years?
  • 43:20 - Davy talks about his parents.
  • 48:50 - Davy talks about the story behind episode 6, Rent-a-Friend.
  • 53:00 - What’s something Davy has changed his mind about recently?
  • 54:45 - Davy will be recording one of his podcasts live!


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Natalie Jennings is a photographer and the founder of A Face Project, which received a 2013 Minnesota State Arts Board Artist Initiative Grant of $10,000. Natalie discusses how aspiring podcasters can tap into their local community to get funding for their creative projects, where her love for podcasting stems from, and so much more, on this week’s episode!

  • 03:50 - Natalie and I met at Podcast Movement.
  • 05:40 - What did Natalie think of the talk I gave at Podcast Movement?
  • 08:35 - Why did Natalie go to Podcast Movement?
  • 10:50 - How does a photographer end up being a podcaster?
  • 12:40 - Why does Natalie like Humans of New York?
  • 16:15 - How did Natalie structure the format of her show?
  • 20:00 - How did Natalie get a grant for her work?
  • 28:50 - Natalie discusses the magazine she recently launched, which is an excellent companion to her photography and podcast.
  • 35:15 - Natalie always feels slightly weird promoting her stuff.
  • 40:35 - When it comes down to production, it’s all about storytelling.
  • 46:35 - Where does Natalie’s creativity come from?
  • 52:15 - Natalie wants to do this type of creative/podcasting work until the day she dies.
  • 54:35 - What’s the most misunderstood thing about Natalie?
  • 56:25 - What has Natalie changed her mind about recently?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

After connecting via the Anchor application I was excited about the opportunity to connect with Ashley. She's been podcasting straight Monday through Sunday and as of this conversation has not missed a day, 180 plus episodes and counting. After going through the ups and downs of the online marketing world, she has now found her real voice and hit her stride. She's an open book and a genuine soul.

  • 04:20 - How Ashley and Harry met
  • 05:40 - Why 6 figures is bullshit
  • 07:30 - Taking the 30-day podcast challenge
  • 10:30 - There are thought leaders and "thought leaders"
  • 15:15 - Overnight success does not just happen
  • 17:35 - The importance of sharing the entire journey, good and bad
  • 20:00 - How to handle requests you can easily Google!
  • 22:30 - Where does this out-sized personality come from?
  • 23:30 - Why she does a daily Facebook Live
  • 24:20 - Ashley has always been a performer
  • 26:30 - No one is going to give you permission
  • 28:10 - Where she gets inspiration from.
  • 29:30 - You don't have to tell people you're going to be vulnerable, just do it!
  • 33:00 - You don't have just be one way
  • 34:50 - Everyone is trying to keep up with the Joneses, but the Joneses are bankrupt!
  • 38:10 - Harry and Ashley met on Anchor
  • 43:00 - Ashley never originally planned on having guests
  • 45:00 - 180+ daily episodes and counting!
  • 47:00 - What has Ashley changed her mind about recently
  • 51:00 - Thoughts on Tony Robbins


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Christine Blackburn is the host of Story Worthy, a podcast about true stories from Hollywood's most interesting talents and creatives. Christine has always taken her podcast seriously, and has recorded well over 300 episodes by now. Christine believes she doesn’t have any talents, but the stories she’s able to extract out of her fascinating guests say otherwise. Get a behind-the-scenes look at Christine’s creative process, and find out more about Christine!

  • 03:20 - When did Christine decide to take her show seriously?
  • 04:05 - Why are stories important to Christine?
  • 06:40 - What kind of people did Christine like to interview when she was first starting out?
  • 09:55 - When you’re first starting out, hold off on telling people about it. Allow yourself to learn from your mistakes first.
  • 15:10 - How does Christine keep herself organized?
  • 16:55 - There’s a very specific person who has a passion for podcasting.
  • 19:00 - Don’t do things half-assed. You’re just wasting your time if you do.
  • 23:20 - Did you know you could intern for other podcasters?
  • 24:55 - How did Christine meet Hernan Lopez?
  • 28:30 - Christine talks about the benefits of being associated with a podcast network.
  • 32:35 - Christine has received a lot of crazy comments on iTunes that have simply been out of line. It’s amazing what people will say behind a computer screen.
  • 33:30 - The Story Worthy podcast has over 300 episodes.
  • 33:55 - The stories Sugar Ray Leonard shared on Story Worthy were very memorable for Christine.
  • 36:15 - After some time, your friends become your family.
  • 37:10 - This election reminds Christine of high school.
  • 39:45 - What’s the most misunderstood thing about Christine?
  • 40:05 - What has Christine changed her mind about recently?
  • 42:20 - Christine tries to plan out her podcast in seasons now.
  • 45:15 - What’s next for Christine?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Nico Johnson has over 10 years of experience in solar project development and PV sales. Nico is also the host of Sun Cast, a podcast about the solar industry in Latin America. Nico discusses some of his struggles on getting his podcast off the ground, and facing the high-expectations of his sponsors. He admits that when you’re so well connected in your industry, it’s the fear of success that holds you back; not the fear of failure.

  • 04:15 - Be sure to visit the Green Door in Chicago. You will need a secret passcode in order to get in.
  • 07:00 - Podcast Movement is the number one event to go to, as a podcaster.
  • 13:20 - Why did my interview with Chase Reeves resonate so strongly with Nico?
  • 19:45 - Nico spends a lot of time on production, which is why he only has 13 episodes released right now.
  • 24:15 - As Podcast Junkie fans may know, I usually only invite podcasters who have at least 50 episodes under their belt. Why is Nico an exception?
  • 29:15 - Nico’s wife made him write out a business plan for his podcast.
  • 33:20 - Nico has felt like a total failure to his audience.
  • 39:05 - In February, a sponsor cut Nico a check for $6,000, to see where hs podcast would go.
  • 43:05 - Nico realized he was letting his sponsor down, and has been working hard to get the results he promised him.
  • 51:55 - Nico discusses the format he plans to use for his podcast.
  • 55:20 - Nico gets between 500-700 downloads per episode.
  • 56:30 - What are some of Nico’s favorite autobiographies?
  • 01:01:20 - What gets scheduled in your calendar, is actually what gets done.
  • 01:03:30 - What has Nico changed his mind about recently?
  • 01:06:10 - What’s the most misunderstood thing about Nico?



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Matt Marr is the host of The Dear Mattie Show and the co-founder of Camp Brave Trails. With a Masters in Clinical Psychology, Matt discusses some interesting topics on this week’s show. Matt explains his two main driving forces -- the critic and the muse -- and how these two often contradict each other. He also discusses the five kinds of emotions he wants his audience to feel, and why that’s such an important piece to his brand.

  • 02:50 - Both Matt and I will be at Podfest this year!
  • 06:20 - I talk about the time I Interviewed Danny Peña, from Gamertag Radio, at the CBS studios.
  • 07:15 - Matt was able to meet Aisha Tyler last year.
  • 09:55 - Matt would ‘shit glitter’ if Aisha came on his show
  • 10:15 - Matt asks me if I like Whiskey.
  • 10:50 - How did Matt become one of the MCs at the PM Talks at Podcast Movement?
  • 12:20 - Espree Devora has got her shit together, and it blew Matt away when he first met her.
  • 19:20 - Matt used to volunteer for The Trevor Project, which is a suicide hotline for LGBT youth.
  • 21:35 - What has Matt’s podcast journey been like so far?
  • 30:00 - Matt explains the difference between the critic and the muse.
  • 32:00 - Apparently, during the first 7 years of life, children can not tell the difference between reality vs. fantasy.
  • 34:15 - Matt asks me what I think is the one overriding factor that keeps people passionate about podcasting?
  • 36:25 - What do you do when people, whom you don’t really know, ask to be on your podcast?
  • 40:00 - Matt believes people who hate the word ‘branding,’ actually don’t understand what it is.
  • 47:45 - Matt talks about his camp, Brave Trails.
  • 52:10 - You get the most out of a conversation just by listening.
  • 52:35 - Matt recommends podcasters take an impromptu class.
  • 55:40 - Maybe for the next Podcast Movement, Matt’s talk should be about impromptu?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jonathan Oakes is the creator and one of the many hosts of The Trivial Warfare Podcast. Jonathan is a huge trivia buff and although there were several trivia podcasts out there at the time, none of them had the ‘feel’ of a real trivia game show. This is when Jonathan knew he struck on something and decided to start his own podcast. The Trivial Warfare Podcast has struck up quite the following and the shows ability to be so interactive is what keeps the fans engaged and coming back for more!

  • 03:55 - Is The Trivial Warfare Podcast Jonathan’s first podcast?
  • 06:45 - For those who are just starting out in podcast, you can always add your own flavor/personality to a podcast genre.
  • 07:20 - When Jonathan introduced a host for his trivial podcast, that’s when things really kicked off.
  • 12:10 - One of Jonathan’s listeners asked for the game to be more interactive, so in their already-established Facebook group, Jonathan added in a score system where the listeners can participate.
  • 13:40 - Jonathan was scared to start the podcast’s Facebook group and procrastinated on it.
  • 15:35 - Jeopardy contestants are now joining the group.
  • 17:45 - Now, Jonathan is friends with several of his listeners who participate in the Facebook group.
  • 22:00 - Have all the episodes had the same format?
  • 30:25 - Jonathan was afraid he was going to alienate his audience by posting about a young boy needing medical help, but he knew it was the right thing to do.
  • 34:45 - Everytime Jonathan got the right answer, his opponents would have to sing him a song.
  • 35:15 - Where does Jonathan’s passion for trivia come from?
  • 40:00 - Does anyone remember Garbage Pail Kids?
  • 42:25 - Jonathan wanted to be the next Rush Limbaugh.
  • 51:10 - Jonathan believes when his son grows up, he’ll listen to every single episode of The Trivial Warfare Podcast.
  • 52:20 - Jonathan loves podcasting because it attracts people who like him for who he is.
  • 56:30 - Does Jonathan plan on interviewing any of his trivia guest?
  • 01:00:00 - Jonathan doesn’t like Boston!
  • 01:01:30 - Where does Jonathan see his show going in the future?
  • 01:07:20 - What’s the most misunderstood thing about Jonathan?
  • 01:10:50 - What has Jonathan changed his mind about recently?
  • 01:16:15 - What is Jonathan’s one guilty pleasure?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Karen Koppett is the co-host of The Walking Dead Cast with Jason Cabassi. I've actually interviewed Jason a couple of episodes way back, so be sure to check out his interview right after Karen's! Karen is a water conservationist by trade and speaks to me about California's drought problem. She also notes that winters in Massachusetts is nothing like winters in California. However, the weather is not all that we talk about on this week's podcast. Tune in to hear from Karen about what it's like to get a podcast sponsored and to be starstruck by all the Walking Dead cast members!

  • 07:45 - Coconut tastes like feet?
  • 10:00 - Karen has been a vegetarian since she was 21.
  • 12:10 - It was really hard being a vegetarian in Spain.
  • 15:15 - Once you start traveling, you can't stop.
  • 18:00 - Karen talks about her cousin, Tom.
  • 24:40 - Lesson number one: Winters in Massachusetts is nothing like winters in California.
  • 26:10 - Karen talks about the biggest earthquake that she lived through.
  • 30:10 - What does Karen's emergency prep-kit look like?
  • 30:55 - All the zombie women on the Walking Dead TV series are dressed like Amish.
  • 34:00 - Karen and her co-host Jason dated very briefly! Before they met their respective spouses, of course.
  • 37:00 - Karen never thought anybody would listen to the podcast.
  • 38:20 - What caught Karen by surprise about the effect that her podcast had on people?
  • 44:35 - You really have to educate company brands and let them know of the benefits they can receive by sponsoring a podcast.
  • 45:10 - Karen received her first sponsor 1-2 years after she started the podcast.
  • 45:35 - All you have to do is ask to be sponsored or ask to interview someone. When you ask, doors open!
  • 46:15 - Karen talks about what it's like to interview all the Walking Dead cast members.
  • 50:30 - Karen is a water conservationist by trade.
  • 55:45 - Where else in the country, besides California's drought, are Americans having a water problem?
  • 59:35 - Karen's job used to be mellow, but since the drought hit, it's been like a sprint to get the problem solved.
  • 01:03:10 - The creator of Bojack Horseman is never satisfied.
  • 01:04:30 - What's the most misunderstood thing about Karen?
  • 01:06:20 - What has Karen changed her mind about recently?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ellory Wells is the host of The Empowered Podcast, where he interviews other entrepreneurs who have made the transition from unhappy employee to self-fulfilled employer. Ellory wanted to transition out of corporate America because he was unhappy from 9 AM to 6 PM and that unhappiness went home with him. Although he was successful at what he did, he needed something more out of life and his career.

  • 04:45 - Ellory thinks I have fantastic hair. He had long hair in college.
  • 06:45 - I eat the same breakfast everyday.
  • 08:40 - Ellory really liked episode 100.
  • 12:00 - All of the stuff that the cool kids were doing in school are irrelevant now that they've become adults.
  • 13:10 - Ellory talks about being bullied in private school.
  • 14:20 - People these days are proud to be a geek.
  • 17:30 - Why did Ellory have the need to get his voice out there?
  • 20:10 - Did Ellory have an inch to scratch?
  • 21:40 - Why did Ellory grow from blogging to podcasting?
  • 22:45 - Where did Ellory's entrepreneurial drive come from?
  • 29:05 - How did Ellory's family react to his career shift?
  • 30:10 - Ellory was miserable at his old job and that comes home with you.
  • 35:05 - Did you know there are games in Excel spreadsheet?
  • 36:50 - No entrepreneur wants to create an awful work environment.
  • 39:00 - Do we need a world full of entrepreneurs?
  • 42:50 - Ellory goes into a short tangent about business owners.
  • 49:20 - Ellory talks about the power of podcasting.
  • 54:05 - People want to be entertained before they want to be informed.
  • 54:30 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Ellory?
  • 58:00 - What has Ellory changed his mind about recently.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Stephan Spencer is a three-time author, runs two podcast shows — Optimized Geek and Marketing Speak — and is a frequent conference speaker on the topic of SEO. Stephan attends between 40-50 conferences a year and has gone through an amazing life transformation with the help of Tony Robbins. On this week's episode, Stephan shares the amazing story of how he met his fiance at a Tony Robbins event, his spiritual awakening in India, and the fascinating things he's learned about himself while taking Kabbalah classes.

  • 04:00 - Stephan compares Podcast Movement to other conferences he has attended.
  • 05:00 - Stephan spends $4,000 a month on his three podcast shows.
  • 06:05 - Stephan probably goes to about 40-50 conferences a year.
  • 07:45 - Stephan's whole life was rebooted because he went to a Tony Robbins event.
  • 10:25 - What kind of guests does Stephan look for on his podcast, Optimized Geek?
  • 11:50 - How does Stephan know he's just recorded a fantastic interview?
  • 12:55 - How does Stephan measure who is listening to his podcast and taking action on the advice that's given?
  • 15:45 - Has Stephan ever been starstruck by a guest?
  • 20:10 - Stephan talks about taking Kabbalah classes.
  • 23:00 - How Stephan had a spiritual awakening when he was in India a few years ago.
  • 25:30 - What kind of insights about yourself can you get from a brain scan?
  • 27:00 - We are wired to be spiritual beings.
  • 28:55 - Why did Stephan start the Optimized Geek podcast?
  • 31:40 - Were Stephan's family members surprised by his transformation?
  • 32:35 - Stephan signed up for Tony Robbins' platinum partnership for three years.
  • 33:05 - What happened to Stephan when he was hanging out with Tony Robbins?
  • 37:15 - Where does Stephan's giving nature come from?
  • 42:35 - Stephan dives a little deeper into his spiritual awakening in India.
  • 44:35 - Stephan says, God is not a belief — it's an experience.
  • 46:30 - Stephan shares how he met his soon-to-be wife.
  • 52:05 - Why Stephan is a spiritual junkie.
  • 55:15 - What's next for Stephan?
  • 58:00 - What's the most misunderstood thing about Stephan?
  • 01:00:30 - What has Stephan changed his mind about recently?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Desmond Adams is a student of life and the host of Mental Mastery Mondays, a podcast that explores and discusses everything from business, relationships, and mindset. Desmond and I kind of go all over the place on this week's Podcast Junkies. Desmond shares fun stories about his father, the old days of him being a magician, and whether there's spiritual significance to geometric shapes.

  • 02:45 - How does Desmond know Jeff Brown?
  • 06:00 - Desmond had a lot of stage fright when he was growing up.
  • 07:00 - Desmond used to be a magician!
  • 08:30 - Who were some of Desmond's favorite magicians?
  • 11:50 - These days, if you want to learn magic, you go on YouTube.
  • 15:10 - Desmond talks about bullying.
  • 17:00 - How did Desmond get into podcasting? Was it Jeff's fault?
  • 18:30 - What podcasts did Desmond get into when he was first discovering the space?
  • 19:50 - Desmond didn't really like podcasts at first because it wasn't very polished the way it was in radio.
  • 23:00 - What did Desmond learn from Randy Lane?
  • 27:20 - You want to have friendly conflict and tension with your co-host.
  • 32:05 - Are there any spiritual meanings behind mathematical sequences and nature's geometrical patterns?
  • 39:30 - Too many people are afraid to ask questions!
  • 41:00 - Birth = Spiritual water slide.
  • 41:15 - You don't have to have all the answers, just an open mind.
  • 41:45 - Desmond's mission is to make his life more abundant with great purpose. How long did it take him to discover this mission?
  • 47:20 - What kind of lessons did Desmond learn while he was in the Navy?
  • 55:15 - Desmond discusses his podcast, Mental Mastery Mondays.
  • 58:15 - Desmond first started out by doing a daily show and he quickly burned out from that.
  • 01:02:45 - Thanks for listening to '47 Billion Stories From an Old Man at the End of the Bar'.

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Hernan Lopez is the Founder & CEO at Wondery, an audio on-demand media network, curating podcasts that tell compelling and fascinating stories. It is Hernan's goal to create a new golden age for audio drama and he discusses how the podcast medium is perfect for this. Hernan has worked in traditional media for the last 19 years and was the former President & CEO of Fox International Channels. Hernan has a lot of wisdom to share on this episode, so listen in for more!

  • 03:50 - Hernan has spent 19 years working in traditional media.
  • 06:10 - It is expected in the podcasting industry that consumers will listen to a podcast from the beginning to the end.
  • 07:00 - Why did Hernan get kicked out of highschool?
  • 10:25 - How has the education Hernan received helped him later in life?
  • 11:55 - Was it hard to transition from Argentina to the U.S.?
  • 14:25 - The most important thing you should learn at home or in school is how to listen.
  • 15:25 - When did podcasting pop up on Hernan's radar?
  • 20:55 - Hernan wants to start a new golden age for audio drama.
  • 23:20 - Who are Hernan's competitors?
  • 24:20 - Audio dramas are expensive to make.
  • 29:15 - What's the criteria to get on Wondery's network?
  • 33:20 - How does Hernan find talent?
  • 34:10 - What does Hernan look for in his team?
  • 36:05 - How important is the team element to Hernan?
  • 39:55 - Does Hernan come from a big family?
  • 40:55 - How behind the curve are Spanish podcasts?
  • 42:40 - A lot of people underestimate just how difficult it is to be behind the microphone or camera.
  • 43:10 - What has Hernan changed his mind about recently?
  • 43:30 - What's the most misunderstood thing about Hernan?
  • 48:20 - What kind of legacy would Hernan like to leave behind?

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mignon Fogarty is the founder of Grammar Girl and the Quick and Dirty Tips Podcast Network, and teaches media entrepreneurship at the University of Nevada, Reno. On this episode, Mignon and I discuss some of the consequences of social media, The Elements of Style, and whether there's a right or wrong way to speaking the English language. Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

What better way to celebrate episode 100 than to bring back Podcast Junkies guest #1, the inimitable Chase Reeves!

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ryan Gray is a former flight surgeon in the United States Air Force and the founder of Medical School HQ. He is the host of The Premed Years Podcast, where he answers questions and interviews other medical professionals/students for his show. Ryan says his main inspiration for starting a podcast came from Pat Flynn. Due to the nature of the job, Ryan also talks about the reason why doctors need to have hobbies outside of the medical industry. There were so many topics covered on this podcast episode as per usual, so be sure to listen in for more!

  • 03:25 - Blab is giving up on us as podcasters.
  • 06:20 - Is Ryan an early adopter of technology? Yes!
  • 07:20 - What does Ryan think about Facebook Live?
  • 09:35 - Ryan considers himself an introvert.
  • 10:25 - Ryan was inspired to podcast by Pat Flynn.
  • 12:50 - Ryan has always been a creator. He loves to create.
  • 13:25 - Not only is Ryan a physician, but he is also a self-taught computer programmer.
  • 15:10 - Do medical student even have 'spare time' for hobbies?
  • 20:10 - What was the first thing Ryan built?
  • 25:00 - Physicians are taught to put others before themselves.
  • 28:00 - A lot of mental energy goes into supporting other people and it is emotionally draining.
  • 29:45 - The air force paid for Ryan's medical school.
  • 31:55 - How did Ryan break down the format for his medical podcast?
  • 34:25 - How has Ryan's interview style matured?
  • 39:45 - Ryan tries to convince everybody he knows into doing a podcast.
  • 42:10 - Medical students believe they have to be competitive in order to become certified.
  • 44:55 - People who go to medical school because their parents wanted them to, are usually sacrificing their happiness.
  • 46:05 - Does Ryan have any listener success stories?
  • 49:15 - What kind of reactions did Ryan's family have about him leaving the medical field?
  • 50:25 - Does Ryan think about the kind of legacy he'd like to leave behind?
  • 53:00 - What's the most misunderstood thing about Ryan?
  • 54:35 - What has Ryan changed his mind about recently?
  • 57:10 - People have a very limited view of vegans. They just eat...grass, right?
  • 01:00:20 - Fun fact, you can actually have a decent Facebook feed if you just block certain people.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Corey Fineran is the founder of and the lead host for The Ivy Envy Podcast. He has been a Cubs fan since 1985 and he and his co-hosts discuss the Cubs from a fan perspective on his show. Corey and I talk about a variety of different things on today's podcast, but what I found most interesting are the creative ways Corey and his co-hosts are monetizing the podcasts through meet ups and the use of Patreon. It's definitely worth a listen! Aside from that, we talk about Facebook, fan engagement, and even honey bees!

  • 03:35 - Corey had no idea what he was doing when he first launched his podcast.
  • 06:50 - Corey didn't think about format in the beginning.
  • 10:35 - Corey recommends you host meet-ups even if you know no one will show up, because it gets you comfortable with being out of the studio.
  • 15:15 - What has Corey learned about audio since creating the podcast?
  • 16:25 - It can only get so good when you rely on the internet to record your podcast.
  • 16:55 - Content is more important than audio quality, to a degree.
  • 18:00 - An audience that has been built organically has much more staying power.
  • 18:45 - Corey didn't pay attention to the numbers, because he really enjoyed engaging with the audience, not matter how small it was.
  • 19:15 - It changes your perspective when you look at your download numbers and compare it to speaking to that many people in a room.
  • 27:20 - Does Corey remember a time when he had a connection with a listener that took him aback?
  • 27:50 - Respond to your audience and really take the time to nurture that connection.
  • 28:20 - You have to build your listenership one fan at a time.
  • 31:15 - A majority of Corey's listeners are on Facebook, but he still engages quite a bit with them on Twitter.
  • 33:20 - Corey created a Facebook group for his Patreon supporters.
  • 41:25 - For his sports podcast, Corey does make it clear to everyone that he and his co-hosts are sports fans, not experts.
  • 48:35 - Corey talks about his other podcast, Podcasters' Group Therapy.
  • 53:10 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Corey?
  • 56:20 - When was the last time Corey laughed out loud?
  • 57:35 - What has Corey changed his mind about recently?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Erik Fisher is the host of Beyond the To Do List, a show that covers all aspects of productivity, getting good work done, and living a good life. Erik sits down with me on today's show to talk about a little bit of everything, really. We dive into topics that have nothing to do with podcasting, but on top of that, we also learn about Erik's process, how he selects his guests, some of his favorite podcasts, and much more!

  • 04:15 - I wanted Erik on my show long before I personally met him.
  • 04:25 - We're both excited for Podcast Movement.
  • 07:35 - What does Erik think of Marc Maron?
  • 09:40 - What podcasts has Erik listened to that made him rethink how he produces his show?
  • 11:45 - Erik has never missed an episode of Back to Work.
  • 13:15 - Long time listeners have already developed a connection with the host.
  • 14:40 - I really wish iTunes had more insight as to who is subscribed to our podcasts.
  • 15:40 - Has Erik changed someone's life due to his productivity podcast?
  • 16:25 - Why did Erik start his podcast?
  • 19:45 - Has Erik finally made it beyond the to-do list?
  • 21:40 - As Erik started his podcast, who was he following/listening to?
  • 23:15 - Did you know Erik is an introvert? But by being a podcaster, he gets to put on the iron man suit.
  • 23:40 - When Erik was a young kid, he used to pretend to be an interviewer.
  • 25:40 - Are Erik's childhood friends surprised by Erik's career path?
  • 26:30 - Which guests who have appeared on Erik's show have made him nervous?
  • 27:40 - Erik talks about winging it for a particular episode despite prepping heavily for it.
  • 30:00 - Erik had someone come on his show for the third time and he didn't prepare for it at all, on purpose!
  • 31:55 - The podcast is Erik's baby. Erik talks on how he handles people who pitch Erik and how he chooses his guests.
  • 34:25 - By not being picky with your guests, long-time listeners can get turned off by the bad quality.
  • 40:55 - Erik talks about Facebook's algorithm.
  • 43:50 - What does Erik think about newsjacking?
  • 47:15 - Erik does the podcast because he loves it, even when it's hard.
  • 49:15 - What kind of platforms/mediums will exist in the next couple years? Will I be doing videos in the future?
  • 50:30 - Who are some of Erik's comedy heroes?
  • 52:45 - What's left for Erik?
  • 54:25 - Erik is excited to go to conferences like Podcast Movement, because he gets to see his podcast friends!
  • 55:55 - How important is family to Erik?
  • 57:25 - What has Erik changed his mind about recently?
  • 58:50 - The last episode of Game of Thrones was rated 10/10 on IMDB. What?
  • 01:00:25 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Erik?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

I had the opportunity to interview the Gamertag Radio team at the CBS Radio’s Studio. I sit down with Danny Peña, Peter Toledo, and Parris Lilly to get behind-the-scenes details on Gamertag Radio. We learn about how the guys met each other, how much fun they have doing what they do, and the strong band-of-brothers bond they have for each other.

  • 00:55 - I’m heading to CBS Radio to interview the guys over at Gamer Tag Radio, Danny Peña included.
  • 04:15 - How important is communication for the guys?
  • 06:30 - They’re always in each other’s lives and it’s never forced.
  • 07:05 - The guys talk to each other 24/7 and it’s a unique aspect that they haven’t found with friends who they’ve known for even longer.
  • 08:10 - Parris was a shy person, but by getting to know Peter and Danny, they have helped him get out of his comfort zone.
  • 10:00 - Parris talks about his interview with Aisha Tyler.
  • 16:00 - Danny still feels like he’s a little kid doing these interviews. He’s still having fun.
  • 18:15 - Peter is a father. Has he thought about the conversation he’ll have with his kids on what’s possible for the future?
  • 20:15 - You will fail! Peter had to push this lesson on his daughter as she didn’t want to try new things.
  • 21:35 - When the guys first started Gamertag Radio, they had no experience what so ever.
  • 24:10 - Peter talks about how he met Danny.
  • 29:15 - Do the guys ever feel like the techanology is just moving too fast?
  • 33:15 - Which childhood friend would be surprised that the guys ended up in this line of work?
  • 38:05 - Parris talks on how he personally met Danny.
  • 43:40 - Parris believes the one thing the guys and him have in common is work ethnic.
  • 47:40 - Where did Peter get his work ethnic?
  • 50:30 - What is one thing people don’t know about the guys?

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Rob Lawrence is a podcaster, audio producer, and a certified coach who helps creative entrepreneurs and business leaders embrace the power of sound. He is the host of the Inspirational Creatives Podcast and is dedicated to bringing fresh conversations to your ears. Rob has been a podcast host for the last two years and we discuss the ever-changing creative process that challenges us to create better and more inspiring shows. We break down Rob's interview style as well as his podcast format on today's show.

  • 04:15 - How important is the podcasting community for Rob?
  • 06:50 - When Rob meets someone for the first time from within the podcast community, he feels like he really knows them because he's heard them before.
  • 07:35 - How important is family for Rob?
  • 08:15 - When you surround yourself with positive people, they tend to pull and push you forward.
  • 08:25 - You are the average of the five people you spend your time with.
  • 09:00 - When you surround yourself with successful people, your mindset starts to change as well.
  • 09:55 - This also applies to your salary. Take the average salary of your five closest friends and that's your current salary.
  • 10:45 - Rob always thought he was a creative human being.
  • 11:20 - Who inspired Rob when he was growing up?
  • 13:00 - We could probably do this without the support of our loved ones, but it would be a lot harder to do.
  • 15:15 - It's all about relationships at the end of the day.
  • 15:25 - Rob had been listening to podcasts for years before he started podcasting.
  • 17:15 - It's incredibly important to find your own voice and be different.
  • 17:35 - How does Rob challenge himself to put out great content?
  • 20:50 - Rob mentioned how important it was to listen back to previous episodes and I couldn't agree more.
  • 25:10 - Rob discusses his interview style and how he presents the questions to his guests.
  • 28:50 - Rob tries to find out what are some of his guests' biggest highlights and brings them to light on the show.
  • 30:35 - What was Rob's biggest takeaways from Michael Port's interview?
  • 32:45 - How much prepping goes into Rob's podcast?
  • 33:50 - To get good with your podcast, you just have to practice. There's no other way around it.
  • 36:10 - Challenge yourself to be better and better. Go out of your way to look for opportunities that will challenge you.
  • 41:25 - I get excited when I see that podcasting is becoming more and more common.
  • 46:25 - How did Rob come up with the format for his show?
  • 50:45 - What does it mean to be creative? How do you apply this in an academic setting?
  • 51:35 - Rob talks on how you can change your perspective.
  • 53:25 - What has Rob changed his mind about recently?
  • 58:00 - Think about your podcast in seasons.
  • 59:45 - What's the one misunderstood thing about Rob?
  • 01:00:35 - When was the last time Rob had a good laugh?

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Brandon Beachum is the host of The Positive Head Podcast, a place of inner-discovery, positivity, and mind-expanding news. Brandon and his co-host Dalien discuss some of their favorite quotes, take questions from the audience, and expand on topics of enlightenment on this Mon-Fri podcast; and every Wednesday, Brandon interviews consciousness change-makers. Sit back as today's episode is filled with spirituality and personal discovery.

  • 06:25 - How much prep time goes into each of Brandon's guests?
  • 07:35 - Brandon does five episodes a week.
  • 09:45 - Brandon and I talk podcast equipment.
  • 10:20 - What inspired Brandon to start his own podcast?
  • 14:40 - Brandon talks on how he met his co-host, Dalien.
  • 18:00 - When Brandon and Dalien were in a band, they were definitely ahead of the times.
  • 19:25 - Your current dreams are actually leading you to your true destiny. So don't get too attached to your dreams.
  • 20:30 - The art of living is a delicate balance. You don't always get what you want, but you get what you need.
  • 21:25 - Why did Brandon decide to create a podcast five days a week?
  • 26:00 - Brandon explains what 'soul family' is.
  • 27:10 - After doing this podcast for a year, Brandon's audience has increased quite dramatically.
  • 29:50 - Happiness is a choice and if Brandon can impact one person, he's absolutely happy with that.
  • 32:30 - How does Brandon structure the show?
  • 35:40 - Happiness and positivity requires daily work.
  • 37:30 - Everything you've seen in the world is a reflection of some vibration that you've previously offered.
  • 37:40 - The way through it, even if you don't like it, is to surrender to it and accept it. It leads you here.
  • 38:55 - Brandon talks about his relationship with money.
  • 46:45 - You're the lead actor in your own private movie, so it's about making up the story you want to see more of.
  • 47:40 - We create our reality with our beliefs.
  • 49:40 - Life is happening for you, not to you.
  • 52:20 - People need to get out of their own head sometimes.
  • 54:40 - Understand that whatever is happening is happening for a good reason.
  • 57:20 - Brandon talks about an experience he had with physics.
  • 01:03:00 - There is no right or wrong way. All you have to do is get on the path.
  • 01:04:10 - Brandon talks about religion vs. spirituality.
  • 01:06:20 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Brandon?
  • 01:08:25 - What has Brandon changed his mind about recently?
  • 01:12:20 - What is the meaning of life?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Tom Webster is a marketing executive and the vice president of Edison Research. He also co-hosts his own podcast, The Marketing Companion, with Mark Schaefer. Tom has been in the broadcast research industry for 25 years and has quite a bit to share on the topics of interviewing, storytelling, and podcast statistics.

  • 05:45 - Tom believes the standards in podcasting have gotten better.
  • 07:25 - How did Tom meet his co-host, Mark?
  • 10:15 - Tom has been in media and broadcast research for almost 25 years.
  • 12:25 - What kind of podcast/radio trends has Tom seen over at Edison?
  • 17:20 - Tom shares some examples of people who are able to make that jump from radio to podcasting.
  • 19:20 - There's a percentage of Millennials who don't know what podcasts are.
  • 21:25 - Podcast discovery is still a huge problem.
  • 22:55 - Tips on increasing your podcast audience: figure out what you're good at.
  • 23:35 - Study the greats.
  • 24:35 - Most things you hear from public media is scripted.
  • 27:00 - Inside jokes do not work well on a podcast.
  • 29:25 - Tom enjoys Jordan Harbinger's interviewing style.
  • 32:30 - What's the best way to present statistics?
  • 36:40 - Tom shares what surprised him the most on The Infinite Dial 2016 report.
  • 41:35 - What should people be thinking about when marketing their podcast?
  • 46:10 - What has Tom changed his mind about recently?
  • 47:25 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Tom?
  • 48:05 - When was the last time Tom laughed out loud?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

As it is Memorial week, I am taking it a little bit easy for today's episode. However, I did want to share this interview where a guest appeared on Dave Mooring's Remarkable podcast, quite some time ago. This was back when I had around 50 episodes under my belt, so it's nice to go back in time and have a bit of a recap of what I was up to and into. I hope you guys enjoy!

  • 03:00 - It took Dave about a year to launch his podcast.
  • 05:20 - Get ready to listen to Dave interviewing Harry.
  • 05:35 - Dave and Harry met at Podcast Movement.
  • 06:15 - Harry talks about his passion for DJing.
  • 09:00 - How did Harry make the leap from DJing to podcasting?
  • 12:30 - New Media Expo inspired Harry to create Podcast Junkies.
  • 13:15 - Harry hopes to create a DJ-related podcast in the future.
  • 14:20 - Why did Harry create Podcast Junkies?
  • 16:45 - Does Harry have any podcasts that have stood out for him?
  • 19:05 - Harry's podcast hack is to listen to podcasts on 2x speed.
  • 19:35 - Harry is really into the storytelling genre lately.
  • 20:35 - The storyteller podcasters often do not know anybody from the 'famous' entrepreneurial podcasting world like John Lee Dumas or Pat Flynn.
  • 23:30 - What's Harry's goal with the podcast?
  • 25:45 - Focus on building a quality show.
  • 26:30 - Outside of Harry's podcast, he works as an IT consultant.
  • 27:00 - It's not easy to monetize a podcast.
  • 32:00 - What's the most effective way to increase listenership?
  • 36:35 - How does Harry select his guests?
  • 40:00 - What lessons has Harry learned when trying to build his brand?
  • 49:55 - What is Harry's most memorable interview?
  • 53:35 - Final piece of advice for podcasters? It may take some time to discover your voice.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jason Parsons, aka 'The Angry Ginger', is the host of two podcasts, 7 Days a Geek and Podcasting 101. Jason talks about being a single father of 5 and how he got started in podcasting. He is also a big fan of comics and has written his own web series entitled E.L.E. Jason and I talk about comics, parenting, and how to create a compelling storyline that gets the audience's attention.

  • 07:50 - Is ginger a derogatory term?
  • 10:35 - Jason went to college to become a screenwriter.
  • 11:45 - No matter what Jason has gone through, he knows someone else out there can relate to it.
  • 12:30 - Jason talks about the fake radio station he had as a kid.
  • 15:20 - Since everything is so digital these days, are we loosing that tactile feeling?
  • 16:25 - What does Jason miss from his childhood? Playtime!
  • 19:10 - Jason talks about the differences between his parenting style vs. his parents’ parenting style.
  • 23:20 - Jason self-publishes his own comic books.
  • 28:30 - Jason's comic book audience is going to hate him because he plans to kill some of his characters off
  • 30:00 - The problem with a lot of movies these days is that you have a hard time relating to the characters.
  • 32:25 - If you're interested in comics, pick up Words for Pictures by Brian Michael Bendis.
  • 32:55 - All you have to do is just read and start creating.
  • 33:30 - Is there a community of indie comic book writers out there?
  • 35:15 - It's a lot of money to print your comic book on-demand.
  • 36:10 - Why did Jason start the 7 Days a Geek podcast?
  • 41:50 - What do some people not understand about being a single dad?
  • 43:20 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Jason?
  • 44:50 - What has Jason changed his mind about recently?
  • 50:00 - Jason talks about his other podcast, Podcasting 101.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jo Milmine is the host of the Shineybees podcast, a show about knitting. Jo not only has created an amazing community filled with other knitters, but she also won the 2015 New Media Europe for Most Engaged Audience. Jo talks about how she got into podcasting and some of the fantastic things her audience has done for her when she was overseas.

  • 06:10 - It's a bit surreal for Yann to be on the show because he's a fan himself!
  • 06:50 - How did Yann come up with the name of his podcast?
  • 07:25 - This is Yann's second podcast.
  • 13:25 - Yann is a huge music fan and his first podcast has helped open doors for him in that industry.
  • 17:40 - Yann's academic background really helped him embrace music.
  • 18:10 - Yann gives a history lesson about where he is from in Switzerland.
  • 26:05 - Switzerland is not all about chocolate and watches.
  • 27:10 - Yann talks about his ethnic background. He's a very mixed breed!
  • 32:05 - If you do something that you're passionate about, it will be easier for you to work harder in it.
  • 32:25 - It never feels like work when Yann's on his podcast.
  • 33:25 - The school grading system is completely different in Italy compared to Switzerland.
  • 35:55 - Yann's podcast is in English even though it is not his native language.
  • 40:00 - Why did Yann choose the entrepreneur genre?
  • 45:15 - What has Yann learned to do better since he started his podcast?
  • 48:25 - Yann talks about his grandmother.
  • 50:40 - What has Yann changed his mind about recently?
  • 54:55 - When you step out of your comfort zone, you realize it really wasn't as scary as you thought.
  • 58:00 - If you're a man in Switzerland, military service is mandatory.
  • 01:00:10 - Once you believe in what you're doing, you should never feel worried about what people have to say.
  • 01:04:15 - Yann talks about the Podcast Summit he is hosting.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Yann Ilunga is the host of the 360 Entrepreneur podcast. On his show, he sits down with some of the world’s top entrepreneurs, online marketing experts, and best-selling authors to talk about their successes and struggles. Yann shares his love for music and education on the show as well as why he decided to create two podcasts at the same time.

  • 06:10 - It's a bit surreal for Yann to be on the show because he's a fan himself!
  • 06:50 - How did Yann come up with the name of his podcast?
  • 07:25 - This is Yann's second podcast.
  • 13:25 - Yann is a huge music fan and his first podcast has helped open doors for him in that industry.
  • 17:40 - Yann's academic background really helped him embrace music.
  • 18:10 - Yann gives a history lesson about where he is from in Switzerland.
  • 26:05 - Switzerland is not all about chocolate and watches.
  • 27:10 - Yann talks about his ethnic background. He's a very mixed breed!
  • 32:05 - If you do something that you're passionate about, it will be easier for you to work harder in it.
  • 32:25 - It never feels like work when Yann's on his podcast.
  • 33:25 - The school grading system is completely different in Italy compared to Switzerland.
  • 35:55 - Yann's podcast is in English even though it is not his native language.
  • 40:00 - Why did Yann choose the entrepreneur genre?
  • 45:15 - What has Yann learned to do better since he started his podcast?
  • 48:25 - Yann talks about his grandmother.
  • 50:40 - What has Yann changed his mind about recently?
  • 54:55 - When you step out of your comfort zone, you realize it really wasn't as scary as you thought.
  • 58:00 - If you're a man in Switzerland, military service is mandatory.
  • 01:00:10 - Once you believe in what you're doing, you should never feel worried about what people have to say.
  • 01:04:15 - Yann talks about the Podcast Summit he is hosting.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Erik Johnson discovered radio while he was studying architectureand has never looked back. He has been in the radio industry since1989 and currently helps podcasters cultivate their voice andtalent. Erik shares a bit of his story, the importance of silencein conversations, and some of the common mistakes new podcasterstend to make – like try to mimic someone else's voice. Tune in formore!

  • 04:15 - Erik has been in radio since 1989.

  • 05:10 - When Erik first started in radio, he tried to learneverything he could. He loves to learn.

  • 05:50 - Does Erik have a teacher or mentor that also has such astrong desire to learn?

  • 08:20 - What is a program director?

  • 09:45 - Erik has a degree in architecture, but he fell out oflove with it after three years.

  • 12:25 - How did Erik make the leap from architecture tobroadcasting?

  • 13:45 - Erik hated speaking in front of people all throughouthigh school.

  • 15:05 - It's just a matter of doing it enough until you're notscared anymore.

  • 20:15 - Does Erik remember the separation between podcastingand radio?

  • 21:15 - Podcasts changed for Erik when he got his iPhone.

  • 21:35 - Erik started writing about podcasting before he didit.

  • 24:25 - Erik and I talk about growing up as a child and howresilient we were.

  • 28:10 - I remember the day Atari showed up at my house.

  • 29:15 - Erik thought if he was able to teach others what he hadlearned in radio, people's podcasts would be

  • 29:25 - The podcasting genre has become stronger overtime.

  • 33:25 - We can always learn new things and craft our artbetter.

  • 33:55 - When Erik coaches his clients, he tries to enhancetheir strengths.

  • 34:25 - New podcasters try to sound like the 'radio guy' orsomebody else.

  • 37:40 - You don't have to revamp your show, but you'd besurprised by what a bit of change can do to it.

  • 38:40 - Erik talks about the importance of silence inconversations, especially in audio.

  • 43:25 - Does Erik have a proud teacher moment?

  • 45:55 - What has Erik changed his mind about recently?

  • 49:25 - What is the most misunderstood thing about Erik?

  • 50:40 - Erik is a fan of magic tricks and magicians.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Andrew Lock has been video podcasting since 2008. His show HelpMy Business! is a free weekly web TV show that helps entrepreneursstand out from the crowd and build better businesses. Andrew isamazed by how much knowledge and power each individual has that canhelp shape another person's life. Listen in to Andrew's wise wordson working hard, helping others, and changing for the better.

  • 05:25 - I met Andrew about a week ago.

  • 06:45 - Believe it or not, Andrew is an introvert.

  • 07:10 - So many interesting relationships have been built fromgetting out of your comfort zone.

  • 07:25 - Andrew is currently focused on video podcasts and hasbeen doing this since 2008.

  • 11:40 - Andrew moved from England to the US in 2003.

  • 13:10 - Video podcasts were still very new when Andrew startedhis business.

  • 14:20 - It helped a lot that Andrew knew how to create engagingvideos, but he wasn't a presenter himself.

  • 17:45 - The first episodes Andrew ever created still make himcringe.

  • 17:50 - There will always be a learning curve.

  • 20:05 - Who inspired Andrew on the presentation/video host sideof things?

  • 22:25 - Andrew shares an interesting way to keep people hookedthrough the opening credits.

  • 29:30 - Make sure you are true to who you are or else you'll bea poor copy of someone else.

  • 30:15 - It takes time to discover who you are.

  • 33:45 - Does the UK have a big entrepreneurial movement orfollowing the way the US does?

  • 38:25 - It's a lot easier for Andrew to stand out in the USbecause he's from England.

  • 40:15 - Like most entrepreneurs, Andrew was pretty muchunemployable.

  • 40:55 - Andrew is a hard worker and he wants to be rewarded forthat, however employment isn't always the be

  • 44:55 - If you are passionate and willing to work hard, thenAndrew will help you as much as he can.

  • 47:30 - It's powerful knowing you can teach someone to thepoint where it will change their life.

  • 51:25 - Andrew shares a story about his friend, who was abusedas a child.

  • 53:00 - People can change, even with the worstcircumstances.

  • 53:20 - Change cannot be forced. It has to come from within theperson.

  • 54:10 - Some people just feel so broken that they feel likethey have no control over their own lives.

  • 55:35 - You have to prove it to yourself and those who havehurt you that you can overcome this.

  • 57:05 - What has Andrew changed his mind about recently?

  • 01:00:45 - What's the one most misunderstood thing aboutAndrew?

  • 01:03:30 - Andrew loves the comedian Brian Regan.

Full Show Notes:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Paul Colligan is another old school podcaster who began speaking on the microphone in 2004. He is also a YouTube and social media expert and was invited to speak on the topic, at a conference in Oman. He shares how he raises his kids in a world filled with technology that remembers every mistake you  make and tries to describe what radio is to someone who has never heard of it before. Paul also talks about his time in Germany and what it was like growing up there. 

  • 07:45 - Paul talks about his recent trip to Oman.  

  • 12:55 - We have a vision in our head of who our podcast listeners are, but when you meet them it's very different.  

  • 16:45 - Podcasting is not a big thing in Oman, but people appreciated the power it held.  

  • 19:20 - Paul was asked about Donald Trump while he was in Oman.  

  • 21:15 - Paul spent about an hour in a government-sponsored virtual reality startup.  

  • 23:45 - Where did Paul's desire to teach stem from?

  • 28:30 - What was Paul's earliest recollection of interacting with some sort of technology?

  • 32:45 - Paul was talking about an idea on the podcast and someone went off and created a business around it.

  • 35:25 - Paul runsa ‘ no Snapchat’  household.  

  • 37:10 - How do you describe radio to someone who doesn’ t know what radio is?  

  • 40:15 - Anything you do to limit your children's access to technology is going to eventually hurt their future.  

  • 43:50 - How long did Paul live in Germany for? Around 8 years.

  • 46:15 - Paul recommends the movie, Good Bye, Lenin.  

  • 47:55 - What is one of Paul's fondest memories of Germany?  

  • 50:55 - Paul talks about having his kids travel more.  

  • 52:45 - Paul breaks down all the podcast shows he has started/worked on.  

  • 55:10 - Ever heard of Over The Rhine?  

  • 56:15 - Who has been a mentor to Paul?  

  • 58:50 - Is monetization the right model for podcasts?  

  • 01:00:10 - There's nothing that says you can't be compensated for doing things that you're passionate about.

  • 01:00:25 - What has Paul changed his mind about recently?  



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ben Adair is a Peabody Award-winning journalist, entrepreneur, and educator. Ben first started his career in the alternative press before moving into radio and then podcasting. Ben discusses how his podcast has grown since its initial creation, and why he's more intently focused on delivering unique stories that stand out.   

  • 05:00 - Ben and I headed to the local bar to do this interview.

  • 08:55 - How has California impacted Ben?  

  • 10:05 - L.A is a city of secrets and imagination.

  • 11:15 - Was Ben ever in danger during his journalist career?    

  • 14:15 - What was Ben's earliest memory of being curious?  

  • 16:15 - When Ben first started the podcast, how involved was he in the podcasting community?

  • 19:55 - What's so cool abut podcasting is that you can niche down on the most surprising topics.  

  • 20:20 - The differences between radio and podcasting.  

  • 22:20 - There really are no rules to podcasting.  

  • 27:50 - If a podcast is done well, you feel like you're in the same room with them.  

  • 33:34 - Podcasting is definitely a 'learn as you go' process.  

  • 33:55 - Did Ben ever interview someone who made him feel nervous?

  • 39:05 - It can be difficult to craft an excellent story when you take away the time factor. How long should my podcast really be?  

  • 42:10 - Ben talks about the first episode he has done and how his show has evolved since then.  

  • 46:45 - Reality TV is more soul-crushing than any 'confession journal' that's out there.  

  • 50:25 - Ben talks about Humans of New York.  

  • 50:50 - Vulnerable stories are growing because too many people on social media present a 'perfect' image of themselves on there.  

  • 51:10 - How does this new environment affect Ben's children?  

  • 53:00 - What's the most misunderstood thing about Ben?  

  • 54:45 - What's something Ben has changed his mind about recently? 57:50 - Ben's podcast is not on hiatus, he's just working on a story that's really, really hard.  

  • 01:01:25 - People might not assume Ben is an emotional person, but he actually is.  

  • 01:07:45 - Ben really tries to interview people face-to-face.  

  • 01:09:45 - How do you decide what/where home is?  

  • 01:12:05 - Ben talks about the upcoming shows he's planning on releasing.  



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

AJ Mihrzad is the author of the best selling book, The Mind Body
Solution and interviews other online coaches for his podcast. As a
self-proclaimed former fat kid and incredibly shy introvert, AJ
talks on how he transformed his life and worked towards a life he
really wanted. There’s some great personal tidbits about
friendships, growing your business, and more in here that I really
resonated with. Hope you enjoy the interview with AJ!

Show Highlights

  • 05:00 – What does AJ mean by him
    being a ‘situational’ extrovert?

  • 05:10 – AJ has always had issues
    with his self confidence and even feared people.

  • 06:35 – Because of AJ’s shyness,
    he missed a lot of opportunities, especially with girls.

  • 07:10 – Who was AJ’s role model to
    help overcome this?

  • 08:10 – Toast masters also helped

  • 08:55 – AJ is the oldest out of
    his siblings and he’s the only introvert.

  • 10:45 – AJ prefers not to go to
    family events, but he goes anyway and fake it till he makes

  • 12:55 – What made AJ shift gears a
    little bit in his career?

  • 14:20 – Why did AJ get into
    fitness coaching?

  • 16:15 – Despite making lots of
    mistakes, somewhere along the line something clicked for AJ.

  • 20:30 – Teaching is one of those
    jobs that is under appreciated and under paid, but so

  • 20:35 – Everyone can name a teach
    who made an impact on their lives.

  • 21:25 – AJ talks about a teacher
    who inspired him.

  • 24:10 – Why did AJ start a

  • 26:35 – AJ talks about how the
    podcast has opened doors for him.

  • 29:10 – I completely agree with
    AJ. I have made unbelievable connections through my podcast as

  • 32:10 – What’s great about
    podcasting is that there are no rules.

  • 33:35 – AJ was a very private
    person, but he started opening up because his role models were very

  • 36:45 – Video allows you to be
    raw, real, and authentic. Twitter and Instagram don’t do this very

  • 42:05 – Has AJ grown out of
    certain relationships now that he’s ‘grown up’ a little?

  • 44:15 – People need to be aware of
    their personal growth and they also need to align themselves with
    the rig

  • 49:30 – What is the one most
    misunderstood thing about AJ?

  • 51:40 – AJ spoke about being a
    former fat kid, what made him want to change?

  • 53:44 – If AJ can do it, anyone
    can do it!

  • 55:10 – What has AJ changed his
    mind about recently?

  • 57:40 – Text the word ‘Amazing’ to
    33444 to get a copy of AJ’s book.






★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

See the full show notes here:

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Michael Shaw is the host of The Conversation, a podcast about
the contemporary arts. He talks with various artists, collectors,
dealers, curators and more on the show. Michael has been running
his show since 2011 and he talks about some of the upcoming
challenges he is likely to face with growing his podcast. Michael
also shares on how he has developed such a loyal following over the
years; to the point where people donate to his show.

Show Highlights

  • 07:00 – Michael talks about sound

  • 09:05 – When did Michael launch
    his show?

  • 12:05 – Does Michael have a lot of
    technical experience?

  • 16:00 – Michael prefers a great
    conversationalist vs. someone who has done well in their

  • 20:35 – Does Michael go out of his
    way to get the people he admires on the show?

  • 22:35 – It’s better to respect the
    guest more than their career choices to create an amazing

  • 25:00 – I talk about the two shows
    that left me kind of star struck.

  • 27:05 – Michael knows people are
    tired of Marc Maron, but the man inspired him to create a

  • 28:45 – It’s all about finding the
    right balance between being really personal vs. being

  • 29:10 – How did Michael learn to
    be a great interviewer?

  • 30:40 – Was Michael curious
    growing up? He says not really.

  • 31:20 – It’s about process as well
    as curiosity. Having a good process can really make things

  • 31:40 – Michael believes great
    shows happen when he and the guest are both in the moment

  • 37:15 – Most people don’t have the
    ability to engage in a conversation. We just stare at our phones

  • 43:00 – Michael talks about
    artists and different styles.

  • 46:35 – What kind of challenges
    has Michael faced as an artist?

  • 50:35 – Michael has some pretty
    loyal and dedicated fans.

  • 51:00 – It’s hard to go out of
    your way to donate to a podcast.

  • 54:35 – I talk about the
    relationships I have developed with my listeners.

  • 57:00 – Podcast content is
    undervalued and successful art is overvalued.

  • 59:10 – Michael talks about his

  • 01:02:35 – What’s Michael’s
    fondest memory of New York city?

  • 01:03:30 – What has Michael
    changed his mind about recently?

  • 01:08:25 – It’s an interesting
    balance between being burned out vs. needing that social contact
    and stimulation

  • 01:09:15 – Michael depends on his
    guests for referrals.

  • 01:11:35 – At a certain point,
    Michael felt like he was just a tool.






★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ibarionex is a photographer, writer, educator and the host of
The Candid Frame photography podcast. He has been podcasting for
the past 10 years and talks on how he just recently got introduced
to more podcasters and the podcast community. With 10 years of
experience in the podcasting world and more than 20 years in
photography, Ibarionex has a ton of great information to share.

Show Highlights

  • 06:00 – Ibarionex has been
    podcasting for 10 years.

  • 06:25 – Ibarionex didn’t know
    other podcasters for the longest time.

  • 07:25 – Reach out to others early
    and build the relationships. Ibarionex was a bit late in doing

  • 08:10 – Ibarionex was afraid to
    make mistakes and to let others know he didn’t know what he was

  • 09:15 – Despite being able to
    Google for info, it can take a long time to figure things out.

  • 10:45 – What does Ibarionex ‘do’
    for a living? He actually hates the question because he does so

  • 17:25 – People who multitask
    regularly become less efficient.

  • 17:55 – It’s incredibly hard to
    focus on just one thing at a time.

  • 20:25 – What was Hollywood like in
    the late 70’s?

  • 25:20 – Ibarionex doesn’t mentor
    kids because he believes he’s still a kid trying to learn so

  • 27:00 – Ibarionex was so focused
    on what he didn’t know that he never realized he knew more than

  • 28:30 – What photographers does
    Ibarionex admire?

  • 30:50 – Ibarionex talks on how he
    got started in photography.

  • 32:00 – How did Ibarionex know
    when he took a great picture?

  • 36:25 – Ibarionex talks camera
    equipment and shooting with a wilder lens.

  • 39:35 – There’s always something
    to photograph, but sometimes you don’t have the eye to see it.

  • 42:20 – How has photography
    improved Ibarionex’s life?

  • 45:15 – Ibarionex talks about the
    podcasting community.

  • 45:40 – Why did Ibarionex start
    his podcast?

  • 50:00 – Ibarionex was already used
    to interviewing photographers before he started his show.

  • 51:20 – The first question is
    critical, especially when interviewing experts who have been
    interviewed count

  • 53:20 – Really listen to your
    guest, because the follow up question is really key.

  • 55:25 – Ibarionex used to

  • 56:25 – Ibarionex tries to produce
    an unedited, raw, and authentic show.

  • 58:05 – Has Ibarionex ever gotten

  • 01:00:20 – Not only does Ibarionex
    get to talk to amazing people, but they see him as a peer too.

  • 01:04:35 – Ibarionex wants to
    interview people who will surprise him.

  • 01:10:00 – It’s hard to get guests
    to be genuine, especially over Skype.

  • 01:12:30 – Can Ibarionex bring out
    the same amount of intimacy when he talks to someone in

  • 01:17:00 – Ibarionex wants to
    interview people from his first grade class.

  • 01:20:15 – What is the most
    misunderstood thing about Ibarionex?






★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Kari Gormley is the host of The Running Lifestyle Show. Her show
provides encouragement and inspiration to runners who aspire to be
ultra-marathoners. Kari talks to me about her time in Sweden and
the culture shock she experienced while she was there. She also
talks on some of the valuable lessons she learned when she traveled
the world for six months. Find out about Kari’s story and more in
today’s episode.

Show Highlights

  • 06:45 – It was hard for Kari to
    start her podcast.

  • 07:30 – What Kari learned through
    starting a podcast is that it’s okay to be vulnerable.

  • 08:15 – What were some of the
    other things that took Kari a while to learn?

  • 09:20 – Why did Kari take the
    internship opportunity and move to Sweden?

  • 10:25 – Kari shares her culture
    shock experience when she was in Sweden.

  • 16:45 – Kari shares her culture
    shock experience when she was in Sweden.

  • 19:15 – In early 2002, Kari
    traveled around the world for six months.

  • 26:20 – What were some of the key
    lessons Kari learned after those six months?

  • 30:40 – Kari has ran 6 marathons
    so far.

  • 32:40 – The Running Lifestyle
    podcast has opened so many doors for Kari.

  • 35:00 – Kari loves connecting and
    meeting with people who listen to the show.

  • 38:25 – Kari loves connecting and
    meeting with people who listen to the show.

  • 39:50 – Kari never ended up
    meeting those people whom she thought were her ideal avatar.

  • 42:50 – How does Kari plan to take
    her podcast to another level?

  • 45:10 – How does Kari plan to take
    her podcast to another level?

  • 47:50 – You can meet some of the
    best people at a conference.

  • 52:00 – Overtime, you can get a
    good feel for what your hourly rate is and determine whether it’s
    worth paying

  • 54:00 – What would Kari’s parents
    say about her life journal?

  • 57:15 – Don’t compare yourself to
    other podcasters/people. It’s the worst and it won’t help you.

  • 59:40 – Kari talks about Dean

  • 01:02:25 – Kari talks about the
    top 3 things that really matter in our lives.

  • 01:04:15 – Most of the time when
    we don’t do something, it’s due to fear.

  • 01:05:20 – What has Kari changed
    her mind about recently?

  • 01:06:55 – Kari loves essential

  • 01:08:00 – I tell Kari about my
    meditation routine.






★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Evo Terra is currently traveling with his wife, of over 20
years, all around the world. He’s sitting in Bangkok as he talks to
me and you can obviously hear the exotic wild life behind him
during the interview. Evo is an OG because according to Podcast
Alley, he was the 40th podcaster. So just like my previous guest
Danny Pena, Evo has been podcasting for a long, long time. He
shares his stories on how he got into this medium, the various
podcasts he has started, and why he ‘prunes’ his friends.

Show Highlights

  • 05:00 – Evo is in Bangkok,
    Thailand right now.

  • 09:10 – According to Podcast
    Alley, Evo was the 40th podcaster.

  • 11:10 – Why did podcasting
    interest him?

  • 15:30 – There’s no way to keep a
    medium pure.

  • 17:00 – How are these random
    people considering themselves ‘gurus’?

  • 18:10 – How many podcasts has Evo
    started? It’s either 7 or 1,000!

  • 19:30 – Why did Evo start

  • 28:10 – Remember, Evo is doing all
    of this while he’s in Bangkok!

  • 29:45 – The Slack podcast is

  • 31:00 – Has Evo always been like

  • 34:00 – You’re on sacred ground
    when you try to compare Batman/Superman or even Star Wars/Star

  • 37:40 – Does Evo still ‘prune’ his

  • 42:15 – Why did Evo and his wife
    Sheila decided to travel the world?

  • 44:30 – People say Evo is lucky,
    he’s not. He just tries to help other people.

  • 50:50 – Where was Evo’s mindset
    when he decided to leave the US?

  • 58:50 – Evo talks about his
    current travel podcast.

  • 01:05:55 – I really resonate with
    Evo and Sheila’s honesty on the podcast.

  • 01:09:00 – Evo has some wisdom on
    how to keep a marriage together.

  • 01:13:20 – What is the most
    misunderstood thing about Evo?

  • 01:15:10 – What has Evo changed
    his mind about recently?

  • 01:19:50 – Google Evo’s name to
    find out more!






★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Danny Peña has been podcasting for last 10+ years and has a ton
of experience to bring to the table. He is the founder and host of
GamerTagRadio and has received international media attention from
Forbes, Gamespot, IGN, Wall Street Journal, and more. He also won
the Microsoft MVP award both in ’05 and ’09 and hosted the first
gaming show for Discovery Channel Latin America.

Show Highlights

  • 04:50 – Danny talks about his
    podcasting mistakes.

  • 06:00 – How did Danny get into

  • 09:15 – Danny used his ‘street
    knowledge’ to promote his podcast instead of using social

  • 11:20 – Danny talks on how
    rappers/hip hop artists promoted their work pre-internet days.

  • 14:50 – Twitter bombing is so

  • 16:05 – What was it like being on
    the Podcast Movement stage?

  • 17:30 – Danny and I talk about our
    love for DJing back in the day.

  • 19:10 – You could literally spend
    half a day looking at vinyls.

  • 22:35 – Danny moved to Miami in 92
    and it was completely destroyed from hurricane Andrew.

  • 24:00 – Danny talks about the E3
    (Electronic Entertainment Expo) conference in L.A.

  • 27:15 – Your podcast being in New
    and Noteworthy is cool, but what are you gonna do after that?

  • 30:55 – Don’t depend on
    interviewing other successful podcasters.

  • 34:55 – Danny talks about his

  • 37:30 – Believe it or not, Danny
    used to be incredibly shy in Kindergarten.

  • 43:15 – Let people hear your voice
    and your message. We don’t always get a spotlight.

  • 46:10 – You can’t fake being
    consistently passionate time and time again.

  • 49:05 – Danny talks about how he
    met Bill Gates.

  • 52:45 – Get out of your house and
    attend events.

  • 01:01:00 – Danny talks about his
    podcasting highlights in 2015.

  • 01:03:10 – How did Danny build his
    podcasting crew?

  • 01:12:00 – Companies often ask
    Danny to cover an event, but he also wants his team to be

  • 01:14:50 – Hang around people who
    have the same can-do attitude you have.

  • 01:15:50 – Danny talks about the
    responses he has received from his fans.

  • 01:19:30 – Danny explains when he
    cried on the Podcast Movement stage.

  • 01:22:40 – Danny shares a story
    about an event EA invited him to.

  • 01:28:55 – When Danny tells
    stories, he’s just painting a picture for the listener.

  • 01:35:05 – Be sure to visit see what Danny Peña does.





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Brittany and Amanda are the co-hosts of Once Upon a Podcast, a
podcast about the TV show Once Upon a Time. Each week the co-hosts
offer constructive thoughts and insights about the show, and more!
Brittany and Amanda discuss some of their favorite TV shows and
early childhood recollections with me. They also talk about how
writers who reveal too much ‘behind-the-scenes’ information can
spoil a bit of the TV magic.

Show Highlights

  • 04:50 – What kind of podcasting
    skills have Britt and Amanda learned?

  • 06:30 – How did Amanda get into

  • 07:50 – When did Britt discover

  • 11:05 – Podcasts are the perfect
    medium for education.

  • 14:55 – Why did Britt and Amanda
    choose Once Upon a Time as a topic for their show?

  • 21:20 – Are there other Once Upon
    a Time podcasts?

  • 26:45 – Best TV show ever? Borgen!
    It’s the Danish version of West Wing/House of Cards.

  • 27:55 – Britt talks about her
    earliest memory of a TV show.

  • 29:35 – First movie Amanda ever
    saw? Little Mermaid. First movie she loved? Sound of Music and Mary

  • 31:25 – When writers interact with
    their fans, it can sometimes spoil the magic of the show.

  • 33:20 – Brittany talks about
    putting self-imposed restrictions on herself.

  • 44:10 – Remember that your words
    impact people.

  • 52:15 – The places where both
    Amanda and Britney work are supportive of their podcast.

  • 56:30 – A happy employee always
    comes back to work.

  • 56:55 – If you’re a boss, listen
    to these wise words of wisdom.

  • 01:00:00 – What’s the most
    misunderstood thing about Brittany?

  • 01:01:15 – What did Amanda change
    her mind about recently?

  • 01:01:40 – What’s one thing the
    ladies appreciate about their co-host?

  • 01:07:35 – The 100th episode is
    coming up soon. Tweet the co-hosts your ideas!





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ron Dawson is a film maker and the host of the Radio Film School
podcast. Ron’s show is a radio documentary series on the subjects
of film making, movies, and cinema. He adds a lot of fun TV and
movie references into his show, which just adds to the richness of
his podcast. I recently met Ron on Blab and when I heard his
podcast for the first time, I had to binge listen to all of his

Show Highlights

  • 00:06:50 – Ron and I met on

  • 00:07:45 – I binge listened to
    Ron’s show. It’s sooo good.

  • 00:09:10 – Ron watched a lot of TV
    on the weekends, growing up as a kid.

  • 00:14:35 – Ron explains what his
    podcast is about.

  • 00:16:10 – What inspired Ron to
    start a podcast?

  • 00:22:40 – Ron puts a lot of
    movie/TV audio bites in his show and he is always filled with

  • 00:24:45 – We talk about EP 09 –
    The Salieri Syndrome.

  • 00:27:10 – I get a little OCD over
    episode titles.

  • 00:31:30 – Ron….a hip-hop

  • 00:33:15 – Did you know I was in
    an all-boys Catholic high school?

  • 00:36:55 – What I really enjoy
    about Ron’s podcast is that he opens up and gets personal in
    certain episodes.

  • 00:45:00 – If you’re doing an
    interview-style podcast, your personality is what has to stand

  • 00:47:55 – What has Ron learned
    from his guests?

  • 00:49:40 – Believe it or not, you
    can learn from an older generation.

  • 00:52:00 – Look outside of your
    genre for inspiration.

  • 00:55:00 – Ron and I enjoy
    watching the trailers more than the actual movies.

  • 00:56:45 – Where is Ron currently
    in his personal hero’s journey?

  • 01:01:40 – You gotta have the
    valley in order to have the peaks.

  • 01:02:20 – How have mentors helped
    Ron along his journey?

  • 01:05:40 – What has Ron changed
    his mind about recently?

  • 01:10:15 – Ron and I talk about
    the fine balance between explaining and not explaining a

  • 01:14:40 – Ron had a whole segment
    focused on women in film making.

  • 01:19:45 – What’s the most
    misunderstood thing about Ron?





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Erik (aka Mr. Blahg) and Grace are the co-hosts of Under the
Comic Covers, where they discuss and review independent comic
books. We find out about their podcast origin stories and why they
love independent comic books so much. Erik recalls that he
initially hated the comic book medium because he is a literature
snob, but was eventually converted when he picked up the graphic
novel Watchman by Alan Moore.

Show Highlights

  • 00:04:15 – How did Erik get the
    name Mr. Blahg?

  • 00:08:15 – Grace talks about The
    Walking Dead cast

  • 00:09:10 – How did Erik meet

  • 00:12:35 – Why does Grace like The
    Walking Dead?

  • 00:14:15 – How did Under the Comic
    Covers start?

  • 00:18:00 – Erik and Grace work so
    well as co-hosts.

  • 00:25:55 – Why did Grace cry on
    the podcast?

  • 00:27:25 – Despite being a
    literature snob, Erik explains why he likes comics.

  • 00:31:35 – How did Grace get into

  • 00:34:00 – People are often
    disappointed when they hear Erik and Grace run an independent comic
    book podcast.

  • 00:37:30 – Erik doesn’t feel
    comfortable interviewing other guests.

  • 00:41:25 – You can create a
    podcast about anything.

  • 00:42:10 – Erik and Grace talk
    about their listeners.

  • 00:48:20 – What cool things has
    happened to Grace because of the podcast?

  • 00:51:40 – What are Erik and Grace
    excited about?

  • 00:53:55 – Erik talks about the
    music on their podcast show.

  • 00:56:05 – Erik talks about the
    podcast’s album cover art work.

  • 01:00:30 – You need a woman’s

  • 01:02:50 – Erik hates listening to
    podcasts with just two guys’ bro-ing out.

  • 01:07:05 – Find Erik and Grace on





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jon Nastor is the host of Hack The Entrepreneur and the co-host
of Show Runner. Jon has had his own business for the past 13 years
and talks to me on his love for punk rock music, whom inspired him
to leave the 9-5 work structure, and his daughter’s entrepreneurial
spirit. Jon is also out with a new book titled Hack the
Entrepreneur, which you can purchase on Amazon.

Show Highlights

  • 03:15 – Jon talks family.

  • 07:20 – Entrepreneurship is more
    natural than a 9-5 job.

  • 09:00 – Who inspired Jon to be

  • 10:25 – Making mistakes is how we

  • 12:40 – Jon talks about his
    previous ‘real’ job.

  • 15:55 – What stood out the most
    about Jon’s last job?

  • 19:00 – Jon talks about

  • 21:15 – Jon loves Punk Rock

  • 24:35 – Is Jon a

  • 28:50 – Jon talks about his
    daughter’s entrepreneurial spirit.

  • 33:00 – Why did Jon start his own

  • 37:00 – What gave Jon the
    confidence to believe he could do it?

  • 45:30 – Jon wouldn’t have been
    able to speak with the entrepreneurs he wanted to without his

  • 47:40 – Despite popular belief,
    Jon is not well-rounded.

  • 48:00 – How did Jon meet Jerod

  • 53:55 – Jon takes extensive notes
    while he is recording the show with his guests.

  • 57:55 – You can ask Jon for his PDF interview ‘cheat sheet’ at or Twitter.

  • 58:15 – What’s one thing Jon has
    changed his mind about recently?

  • 01:01:00 – Check out and please check out Jon’s





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Espree Devora is the host of the WeAreLATech, focused on LA
Startups, and the Hello Customer podcasts. She co-produced the
panel “WHERE’S WALDO? Finding Social Influencers & Decreasing
Your Costs”, which brought in over 11,500 viewers in under an hour
via live stream. Espree doesn’t hold anything back in this
interview and opens up on why her business failed.

Show Highlights

  • 02:55 – This is my first podcast
    interview in the car and my second in-person interview – ever.

  • 05:15 – Espree could really use
    some life instructions on guys.

  • 07:15 – Conclusion: There’s no
    hope for Espree.

  • 09:20 – Why does Espree love

  • 11:25 – Was it overwhelming for
    Espree to start her own podcast?

  • 15:10 – We talk podcast

  • 17:15 – Espree and I talk
    microphones and how to talk into them properly.

  • 20:35 – Be concerned about your
    audio quality.

  • 20:50 – It takes roughly two
    minutes to impress me when I listen to a podcast.

  • 24:05 – Is Espree always like

  • 28:40 – What happened to Espree’s
    sports company?

  • 42:30 – What was the most
    surprising thing about working on a yacht?

  • 49:50 – Does Espree meditate?

  • 57:35 – When Espree’s company
    failed, she went into a two year depression.

  • 01:00:40 – Integrity is incredibly
    important to Espree.

  • 01:03:00 – Espree talks about her
    Hello Customer podcast.

  • 01:08:10 – Espree talks Hello
    Customer stats.

  • 01:10:30 – How important is family
    to Espree?

  • 01:15:25 – What is Espree excited




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Patrick Keller is the host of the Big Séance Podcast and a
middle school vocal music teacher. His podcast opens up a
discussion on all thing paranormal and touches on subjects like
ghost hauntings, spirit communication, paranormal research, and
more. Patrick talks about his childhood, his podcast obsession, and
his intense interest in the paranormal.

Show Highlights

  • 04:15 – Patrick went through the
    whole Podcast Junkies catalog.

  • 04:40 – Patrick ‘stole’ my hashtag

  • 07:10 – What makes Patrick listen
    to all the episodes in a podcast that he’s recently

  • 11:35 – Does Patrick plan on going
    to Podcast Movement?

  • 13:20 – Patrick talks about being
    a music teacher.

  • 18:45 – Why is Patrick interested
    in the paranormal?

  • 25:15 – Why did Patrick start his

  • 32:00 – Patrick talks about his
    posting schedule.

  • 36:25 – What’s Patrick’s ‘big
    fish’ guest list?

  • 36:50 – Why are paranormal TV
    shows so popular?

  • 39:25 – Is The Blair Witch Project
    considered paranormal?

  • 45:40 – Patrick did almost every
    creative class in school.

  • 48:00 – Patrick talks about his

  • 48:50 – I also wanted to build a
    water slide when I was younger.

  • 52:40 – Patrick talks about his

  • 57:20 – Was it really a simpler
    time back when we were growing up?

  • 01:01:40 – Who are Patrick’s

  • 01:08:10 – What kind of challenges
    will Patrick have growing the show?

  • 01:12:05 – What’s the most
    misunderstood thing about Patrick?

  • 01:16:00 – Patrick hasn’t had any
    luck with the Ouija board.




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Morgan Dix is the co-founder and creative director for About
Mediation, as well as the host of The OneMind Meditation podcast.
He has 15 years of formal meditation training in a contemporary
yoga and meditation ashram, where he also created online courses
and learning opportunities for thousands of people. Morgan talks on
how he found meditation, his involvement with EnlightenNext, and
the key differences between mindfulness and meditation.

Show Highlights

  • 04:50 – What was Mark surprised
    about at Podcast Movement?

  • 08:25 – Mark talks about his first
    podcast: The DC Universe Podcast.

  • 12:40 – Podcasting has made Mark a
    better conversationalist.

  • 19:55 – Mark talks about his

  • 25:00 – Mark talks about his
    friend Ben Beaumont.

  • 32:30 – That one guest isn’t going
    to ‘make’ your show.

  • 36:10 – Mark and I talk about our

  • 40:35 – UK vs. US podcasting?

  • 44:35 – Mark is a Dick
    Grayson/Nightwing fan.

  • 45:05 – Mark talks comics.

  • 52:20 – His first memory of the
    United States: Superman.

  • 56:40 – Who are Mark’s

  • 01:01:50 – What has Mark changed
    his mind about recently?




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Bill Barol is the host of HOME: Stories From L.A. and the author
of Thanks for Killing Me. He is also a journalist and has written
for various web sites such as Forbes, Huffington Post, and others.
Although Bill’s podcast is relatively new, it really stood out to
me because of its high quality. Bill talks on how he came up with
the theme for the podcast and why he decided to use podcasting as
the medium. This episode is a bit longer than usual, so get
comfortable and enjoy the show!

Show Highlights

  • 00:05:35 – I talk about the
    quality of Bill’s podcast.

  • 00:06:25 – What has the reaction
    to Bill’s podcast been like so far?

  • 00:08:55 – Why did Bill decide to
    get into podcasting?

  • 00:14:05 – Bill talks about
    equipment used for podcasting.

  • 00:16:10 – Even though Bill’s
    podcast is new, I knew right away he was taking it seriously.

  • 00:20:15 – Home is a loaded word,
    so why did he choose it for the theme of his podcast?

  • 00:25:20 – Bill has a complicated
    relationship with Philadelphia, the city he grew up in.

  • 00:29:30 – Bill is open to hearing
    out people’s story ideas for his podcast.

  • 00:32:15 – Why was the 1994
    Northridge earthquake a defining moment for Bill?

  • 00:36:25 – That story stood out to
    me because I was in New York during 9/11.

  • 00:38:55 – How does Bill choose
    the music he uses in the podcast?

  • 00:44:25 – We learn about the back
    story behind Episode 2: In Their Room.

  • 00:55:05 – Bill talks about
    Episode 3: One Man’s Town, and Episode 5: Growing Up 818.

  • 01:09:10 – Bill talks about his
    experience in journalism and the transformation from print to

  • 01:12:50 – Bill talks about the
    cover piece he wrote on David Letterman.

  • 01:16:55 – We talk about
    co-sleeping with our pets.

  • 01:18:25 – What has Bill changed
    his mind about recently?

  • 01:20:10 – What challenges does
    Bill anticipate while trying to grow the show?

  • 01:28:00 – Be consistent with your

  • 01:30:00 – Bill has been
    publishing 2-3 minute extras from each interview that didn’t make
    the cut.




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mark Asquith is the host of the Excellence Expected podcast, which is the number one small business podcast in the United Kingdom. Mark and I geek out a little bit on DC comics/superheroes and the nostalgia effect that happens when we pick up a comic. We also find out about Mark’s former mentors and the growing popularity of podcasts in the UK.

Show Highlights

  • 04:50 – What was Mark surprised about at Podcast Movement?

  • 08:25 – Mark talks about his first podcast: The DC Universe Podcast.

  • 12:40 – Podcasting has made Mark a better conversationalist.

  • 19:55 – Mark talks about his mother.

  • 25:00 – Mark talks about his friend Ben Beaumont.

  • 32:30 – That one guest isn’t going to ‘make’ your show.

  • 36:10 – Mark and I talk about our intros.

  • 40:35 – UK vs. US podcasting?

  • 44:35 – Mark is a Dick Grayson/Nightwing fan.

  • 45:05 – Mark talks comics.

  • 52:20 – His first memory of the United States: Superman.

  • 56:40 – Who are Mark’s mentors?

  • 01:01:50 – What has Mark changed his mind about recently?



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Taki Moore is the co-host of the Sales Marketing Profit podcast and the host of Coach Marketing Machine. Taki has a background in marketing and has been an inspirational coach to me. We met through a mutual friend, James Schramko, who I have also interviewed here. On the show, Taki shares his story on why he hates shoes, his first real job experience, and how he handles adversity.

Show Highlights

  • 04:10 – Taki talks about CrossFit.

  • 09:25 – Who was Taki’s first mentor?

  • 12:40 – Taki talks about his first cubicle job.

  • 19:00 – How does Taki travel with his kids?

  • 26:55 – Are you meant to just be a clock puncher?

  • 30:35 – Why does Taki walk around barefoot?

  • 38:00 – What are Taki’s podcasts about?

  • 41:45 – Taki talks on the architecture of the content you’re creating.

  • 47:20 – How important are friends to Taki?

  • 58:00 – How does Taki handle adversity?

  • 01:02:50 – There’s always time for some exciting adventures.

  • 01:05:45 – We have a choice on how we want to handle adversity.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Amy Schmittauer is a professional vlogger on YouTube and the
host of The Social Authority Podcast. Amy talks on the main reason
for creating her podcast, why she loves the video format just as
much as the audio, and whether or not she’ll continue creating
podcast episodes after February of next year.

Show Highlights

  • 04:20 – Amy and I discuss The
    Podcast Movement.

  • 06:35 – Amy talks about

  • 12:10 – Did Amy have imposture
    syndrome when she started the podcast?

  • 14:45 – Amy loves editing.

  • 18:10 – Amy talks about her

  • 24:35 – You think you’re
    multitasking when listening to a podcast, but you’re actually

  • 31:00 – It’s so easy to get
    quality content for free or at low-cost.

  • 34:00 – What is it like living in
    the public eye?

  • 39:20 – Amy talks about the things
    she learned while working at a law firm.

  • 44:15 – It is very important to
    have confidence in yourself.

  • 47:55 – Amy talks about her
    awesome relationship with Sue B. Zimmerman.

  • 52:15 – You attract like-minded
    people into your life.

  • 55:00 – Amy talks about her show,
    The Social Authority Podcast.

  • 57:25 – Amy hates Skype and has
    been using Blab instead.

  • 01:00:20 – What is Amy’s morning

  • 01:01:25 – Amy has recently
    changed her mind with her membership program.




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Rem Lavictoire and Jonathan Colbon of The Sci-Fi Movie Podcast join me on the show to discuss their podcast and the various movies that have influenced them. We talk about Star Wars, Alien, Jaws, and so much more. This is definitely the podcast for all you movie buffs out there. To find out more about their show, go to http://sci

Show Highlights

  • 06:00 – How did the podcast get started?

  • 09:00 – Rem talks about the podcast format.

  • 13:50 – How does Rem select the movies?

  • 16:40 – Star Wars was the first sci-fi movie Rem watched and Alien had the most impact.

  • 18:20 – Jonathan’s first sci-fi movie was Star Trek 4.

  • 22:50 – Where’s the line drawn between horror and sci-fi?

  • 28:35 – What makes a movie become a classic?

  • 37:50 – The Expendables was such a guilty pleasure.

  • 43:45 – Jonathan failed grade 9.

  • 47:35 – Star Wars vs Star Trek?

  • 50:25 – How did Rem get started in radio?

  • 01:05:10 – How is The Fast and The Furious still a thing?

  • 01:06:00 – Were the guys disappointed that Back to the Future inventions still don’t exist?

  • 01:11:30 – The guys talk about upcoming movies.

  • 01:16:25 – What about the technology that exists today that -should- be considered sci-fi?

  • 01:21:20 – Don’t forget to check out Rem and Jonathan’s podcast.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Lea Thau is a Peabody Award-winning producer and director, and she is also the creator and host of Strangers. Her podcast features true stories of people she meets. These ‘strangers’ bare it all on her podcast, and some even discover they aren’t who they thought they were. Lea has also taught storytelling to organizations around the country, including Google, Nike, Time Inc. and many others. Lea talks on the subject of living in New York City, the differences between Denmark and the U.S., and what her creative process is like.

Show Highlights

  • 07:45 – Why are people’s stories important to Lea?

  • 12:15 – Lea talks on what it’s like to live in New York City.

  • 25:20 – Lea discussed what people’s emotional states were like after 9/11.

  • 33:50 – What was Lea’s experience like with India?

  • 41:35 – Lea believes that being from Denmark has helped her gain interest in strangers.

  • 49:15 – I talk about the book Spiral Dynamics.

  • 51:15 – Lea is sometimes shocked by how brutal the U.S. system is.

  • 58:15 – There’s two sides to the coin, especially as an immigrant living in the U.S.

  • 01:05:10 – Lea describes her thought processes after talking to guests.

  • 01:12:15 – Lea is personally invested in her guests and has cried during interviews.

  • 01:17:25 – Lea talks about Nate DiMeo.

  • 01:19:25 – How has Lea grown as an interviewer?

  • 01:20:07 – What has Lea changed her mind about recently?



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mike Vardy is the host of the Productivity podcast and the
co-host of Workflowing with Michael Schechter. He has given both
talks and workshops related to goal, time, task, and project
management. On today’s episode, Mike talks to Harry on the three
words he’s focusing on this year, his family, and why he has a
Green Lantern ring.

Show Highlights

  • 04:50 – Why did Mike take an
    improv class?

  • 09:00 – Mike recommends
    podcasters/speakers should take an improv class.

  • 14:10 – There’s no such thing as
    an overnight success.

  • 15:25 – Mike talks about Derek

  • 17:35 – I’ve been doubling down on
    some things lately.

  • 19:00 – Mike’s focus is on three
    words this year: Growth, Generosity, and Gratitude.

  • 20:30 – My three words for this
    year are: Focus, Forward, and Spirit.

  • 22:00 – Mike and I talk a bit
    about productivity.

  • 27:40 – Why is Mike wearing a
    super hero ring..?

  • 38:30 – Practicing patience is
    hard for Mike.

  • 44:25 – Mike listens to the
    Accidental Creative.

  • 45:25 – It’s so hard to just leave
    your house when you’re working from home.

  • 49:10 – Mike and his wife have
    regular meetings about their family.

  • 54:00 – Mike talks about EP 38:
    Flying Solo: A Solo Parenting Productivity Adventure.

  • 01:02:00 – Where does Mike’s
    humility come from?

  • 01:12:50 – I recommend The Mo Show
    to Mike.

  • 01:15:30 – One thing Mike has
    changed his mind about recently?

  • 01:19:40 – Get a free PDF and
    audio program at




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Christina Canters is the host of the Stand Out Get Noticed
podcast and is a former architect. Christina shares her story on
why she created her first podcast, Presentation Skills For Design
Students, and why she made the decision to leave her career in
architecture at the end. She also talks on how she discovered a
creative way to book extraordinary people on her current podcast
and make a connection with them long before the audio starts

Show Highlights

  • 03:10 – When something can go
    wrong, it usually will.

  • 06:55 – Christina talks about her
    first podcast.

  • 08:55 – How did Christina book
    Andrew Warner and Jared Easley?

  • 21:10 – Christina talks about Tony
    Robbins and her personal development journey.

  • 29:00 – Why did Christina not like

  • 36:45 – Was Christina always this

  • 41:20 – Christina has no regrets
    for leaving architecture.

  • 43:20 – Everything we do is a
    stepping stone that leads us down a more interesting path.

  • 43:55 – I talk about episode 3
    with Ayman Abdullah from AppSumo.

  • 50:20 – Christina talks about her
    younger sister.

  • 54:25 – You have to start

  • 55:10 – Is Christina a Podcast

  • 58:15 – Christina and I talk about

  • 01:07 – Get out of your comfort
    zone! Amazing things will happen when you do.

  • 01:10 – What you see is what you
    get from Christina.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jason Bryant is the host of the Short Time Wrestling podcast and
currently runs a network of shows on the subject of wrestling on Jason Bryant started Mat Talk as a radio show
back in 1997 as a college freshman and then later relaunched it in
podcast format. Jason talks to me about his background in
wrestling, his love for the sport, and his passion for podcasts.
Jason also shares some statistics on his podcast for the

Show Highlights

  • 06:00 – What other podcasts does
    Jason do?

  • 09:45 – What captures Jason’s ear
    in a podcast?

  • 14:45 – There’s too many podcast
    shows for us to consume all at once.

  • 17:50 – What was Jason’s first
    podcast about?

  • 23:50 – There’s a very low
    retention in wrestlers after they finish highschool/college.

  • 28:45 – Jason’s memory is

  • 31:45 – Everybody needs a reality
    check. Jason talks about his.

  • 34:10 – Jason talks about his wife
    and his rough home life.

  • 42:55 – Jason has no problem
    helping his competitors.

  • 45:35 – Why is Jason hosting a lot
    of the shows on his network?

  • 51:25 – Jason is constantly
    educating others why podcasts are a valuable resource.

  • 54:35 – When did Jason start
    interviewing celebrities?

  • 59:55 – Jason shares some of his
    podcast stats.

  • 01:02:25 – Ask yourself, “Who are
    the guests that would bring your audience the most value?”

  • 01:05:55 – Jason has been trying
    to get Tim Ferriss on the show.

  • 01:12:00 – Jason and I really
    geeked out on Blab during International Podcasters Day.

  • 01:15:55 – Jason gives a shout out
    to some of my old guests.

  • 01:18:24 – You can find Jason at
    MatTalkOnline.Com and Twitter.





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Mocean Melvin is one of the creators for The MoShow Podcast. The
MoShow is an off-the-cuff comedy podcast that will either seriously
offend you or have you rolling on the floor laughing. The MoShow
only publishes one or two shows a month due to the high-quality
content that gets produced. Mocean talks on why he and Dominic
Zunino created the show, the great minds involved in writing the
podcast, and he also talks on the growth of women in the voice over
industry and 60s/70s audio comedy troops.

Show Highlights

  • 08:00 – Where’s Mocean from?

  • 13:50 – How did The MoShow Podcast
    get started?

  • 21:35 – Creating a quality podcast
    is hard.

  • 30:00 – The MoShow is a place
    where the creators can go out of their very PC world and be
    hilariously vulgar.

  • 31:30 – Who are the core people
    involved in MoShow?

  • 35:00 – What makes a great voice

  • 37:00 – Mocean talks about the
    movie In a World.

  • 39:30 – What’s it like for women
    in the voice over industry currently?

  • 44:00 – Mocean talks about Episode
    113 – Stinky Dinky.

  • 47:40 – Why does Mocean want to
    use the season format for his podcast?

  • 49:50 – The podcast has a high
    level of professionalism.

  • 52:30 – There were a lot of
    audio-only comedy troops in the 60s and 70s.

  • 56:25 – Mocean’s dad was the one
    who introduced him to these fantastic comedy shows.

  • 01:04 – No matter how great your
    voice is, you have to train it.

  • 01:09 – Where does Mocean’s name
    come from?

  • 01:13 – Create what you want to
    create first. Don’t create for others.

  • 01:14 – Most misunderstood thing
    about Mocean?





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Amy Robles is the host of Think Enriched, a podcast about money
management. Amy and her husband were able to pay off $25,000 of
debt in 2014 just by making some simple, but smart financial
decisions. Amy talks a little bit on her background and the
importance of connecting with family and those around you.

Show Highlights

  • 03:35 – Amy and I geek out about
    Podcast Movement.

  • 11:00 – Amy talks about playing

  • 18:30 – You can learn so much at a
    nursing home.

  • 21:05 – How does Amy connect with
    her family?

  • 24:35 – Amy talks about where
    she’s from and where she’s traveled to.

  • 29:55 – Amy started a local
    podcast meet up in the Seattle area.

  • 35:25 – Why did Amy start

  • 40:00 – Amy asks me why I started

  • 45:20 – Has the podcast opened
    doors for Amy?

  • 50:16 – I go on a mini rant about
    how bad soda is for you.

  • 54:20 – People can relate to Amy’s

  • 01:00 – Where does Amy get her
    fun-loving vibe?





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jerod Morris is the VP of RainMaker.FM and the VP of Marketing
for Copyblogger. He hosts a couple of very successful podcasts,
including The Lede, The Showrunner, and Primility. Jerod shares
interesting insight on how he runs 5 regular podcasts, his
struggles with creating content, and not failing on his commitment
to his audience. Jerod also talks about his love for creating new
made-up words, teaching, and who inspires him.

Show Highlights

  • 04:45 – Jerod talks about

  • 10:35 – You can’t build an
    audience quickly.

  • 13:15 – There’s a difference
    between authenticity and transparency.

  • 17:00 – Every podcaster has felt
    uninspired to record their show.

  • 23:30 – Why did Jerod start
    Primility Primer?

  • 28:35 – Since Jerod loves creating
    new words, I tell him about The Allusionist podcast.

  • 29:40 – Podcast Movement was great
    this year.

  • 35:25 – Jerod loves to teach.

  • 37:30 – What has the response been
    like for Primility?

  • 42:00 – How does Jerod
    organize/create his show?

  • 46:50 – How does Jerod find the
    time to host 5 very different podcasts?

  • 52:10 – Is it too late to

  • 55:45 – How has podcasting helped

  • 01:03 – You don’t have to wait for
    everything to be perfect. Start by building an audience.

  • 01:09 – Have the pieces been
    falling into place for Jerod?

  • 01:11 – Who inspires Jeord?

  • 01:14 – You get good by practicing
    and practicing and practicing.





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

The Real Brian is the host of several podcasts such as
Profitcast, Arrow Squad, the Audio Books podcast, and the
Podcasters Paradise podcast. Brian talks on why he got into radio
initially, his love for playing and creating music, and some key
lessons he learned since he started Profitcast. Brian says that
busy people often fail at podcasting. It’s the people who schedule
and respect their time that end up producing consistent podcasts no
matter what.

Show Highlights

  • 04:45 – Brian talks about Dragon

  • 09:00 – How did Brian get more
    things done in less time?

  • 11:30 – If you’re busy, your
    podcast will fail.

  • 13:50 – How did Brian get into

  • 22:10 – In highschool, Brian was
    an introvert.

  • 24:20 – Brian talks about

  • 29:15 – Brian started playing
    piano at 6 and talks about his love for music.

  • 39:45 – Take two hours a month to
    work on your passion. It can go a long way.

  • 42:00 – Brian talks about the
    problem with record labels.

  • 46:40 – What were some ‘ah-ha’
    moments with Brian’s podcast?

  • 57:10 – You never know what’s
    going to come from relationships you’ve built.

  • 01:01 – What are Brian’s

  • 01:06 – Brian loves the Podcast
    Junkies shirt.





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jason Cabassi is the creator and host of the Walking Dead Cast.
I sit down with him to talk about why he decided to start the show
and what his plans are after the show ends. The episode almost
turned into a movie podcast, because we both have a strong love for
zombie movies and current TV series out right now like Game of
Thrones. Hope you guys enjoy.

Show Highlights

  • 08:15 – Within the first 15-20
    episodes of the Walking Dead Cast, Jason had a lot of the actors

  • 10:20 – Since I live in LA, I
    recognize a lot of the scenes on the show.

  • 14:35 – How does Walking Dead get
    their zombie extras?

  • 19:10 – Jason and I talk Game of

  • 21:00 – We talk about the latest
    TV series out right now. Jason loves Fargo.

  • 26:35 – Jason’s first show sounded
    incredibly professional and high quality.

  • 34:30 – Jason talks on starting
    his own podcast network.

  • 39:00 – I love the foreign movie
    Old Boy.

  • 44:55 – We talk about amazing
    zombie movies like Dawn of the Dead and 28 Days Later.

  • 50:35 – When did Jason start
    attending conferences for his podcast?

  • 57:00 – Jason is a big fan of

  • 01:04:45 – Jason talks about
    living in Santa Barbara.

  • 01:07:25 – How does Jason plan the
    Walking Dead Cast?

  • 01:18:25 – What kind of podcasts
    is Jason listening to right now?

  • 01:21:00 – Most misunderstood
    thing about Jason?





★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Nick Seuberling is the founder of SPNT.TV and the Executive
Producer for the Inside the Jungle podcast, a sports podcast about
the Cincinnati Bengals. Nick is also the co-host for the
Podcasters’ Group Therapy podcast, a support group for podcasters.
Nick started his sports podcast in 2010, but he’s always had a
passion for talk radio and sports ever since he was a kid. Nick and
I talk on how he got started, his success with Patreon, and how his
super fans keep him going.

Show Highlights

  • 08:55 – Nick just celebrated his 5
    year anniversary for his podcast.

  • 10:55 – Why is meeting the fans

  • 13:15 – Having a small, but
    dedicated super fan base is just awesome.

  • 15:45 – Was Nick always a fan of
    talk radio?

  • 16:40 – Nick launched his first
    podcast in 2005 and it was recorded by cellphone.

  • 20:15 – It’s better to niche down
    and narrow your focus when it comes to podcasting.

  • 21:30 – How does Nick manage 3-4

  • 23:00 – What was Nick’s first
    sports memory?

  • 29:35 – How did Podcasters’ Group
    Therapy get started?

  • 33:25 – How does Blab help podcast

  • 39:40 – Engagement is key to
    podcast growth.

  • 42:45 – What’s Nick’s success
    towards Patreon?

  • 45:55 – What other ways does Nick
    monetize his podcast?

  • 49:05 – Remember, it doesn’t hurt
    to ask.

  • 52:50 – Nick talks about the other
    Bengals’ podcast.

  • 59:00 – What was Nick like as a

  • 01:02 – What has sports taught
    Nick? Always give it your best, always give it your all.

  • 01:04 – Who inspires/mentors

  • 01:06 – It took Nick 12 years to
    get his first radio gig.

  • 01:11 – What’s gotten Nick excited
    in the next year?

  • 01:14 – Look out for International
    Podcast Day on Sept 30th.




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Helen Zaltzman has been podcasting for 9 years
and surprisingly enough, says she still feels like a
novice. She co-hosted her first podcast with Olly Mann called
Answer Me This! and followed it up with the very popular, The
Allusionist. That second podcast is a language and etymology
show that is part of Roman Mars’s Radiotopia network. Helen talks
about her love for Boggle, how she got started in comedy, and
much more. Listen for the guest appearance by Martin.

Show Highlights

  • 05:30 – Helen and I talk about the
    internet marketing world.

  • 10:05 – Helen talks Boggle

  • 14:25 – Despite podcasting for 9
    years, Helen still feels like a novice.

  • 19:50 – When did Helen realize
    that the Answer Me This! podcast was no longer a hobby?

  • 22:55 – Do the more experienced
    BBC broadcasters look down on new podcasters?

  • 27:10 – I’m dying to start a
    ride-sharing podcast.

  • 30:00 – We get a guest
    “appearance” from Helen’s husband, Martin.

  • 30:40 – The Allusionist started in
    January 2015.

  • 32:10 – Helen talks about Roman

  • 35:30 – Where did the idea of The
    Allusionist come from?

  • 40:25 – Helen believes people put
    too much energy in their first podcast.

  • 43:15 – Helen doesn’t want to
    listen to other language shows, because she doesn’t want to
    accidentally plagiarize other’s work.

  • 50:40 – Helen likes editing her
    own show.

  • 52:10 – How do you start writing

  • 53:20 – Helen talks on how she got
    into comedy.

  • 59:50 – Helen tried to teach Latin
    to a 13-year-old.

  • 01:06:25 – What happened to

  • 01:11:00 – What would Helen do if
    she wasn’t podcasting?

  • 01:13:55 – What are the biggest
    challenges for growing The Allusionist?

  • 01:17:10 – Who inspires

  • 01:20:10 – You can follow Helen on




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Robert Greenlee is a veteran in the podcasting industry. He
started his WebTalk World Radio Show in 1999 and has been working
in the podcasting field since. I talk to Rob about why he started
his first podcast, his aquaponics hobby, and so much more on this
week’s episode of Podcast Junkies.

Show Highlights

  • 05:50 – Robert talks on how he got
    started in podcasting.

  • 07:20 – WebTalk World Radio Show
    was started in 1999

  • 09:00 – What’s the different
    between the web and the internet?

  • 10:50 – Robert interviewed some of
    the cast from the X-files on his show.

  • 13:30 – What’s the definition of
    the dark web?

  • 14:10 – Why did Robert create his
    radio show?

  • 17:40 – What’s the hardest part of
    running a restaurant?

  • 19:45 – In 2004, Robert converted
    his radio show to a podcast.

  • 21:45 – Robert talks about his job

  • 28:00 – What was it like working
    for Zune?

  • 37:40 – The same team that worked
    on Zune is now working on Windows desktop.

  • 39:00 – Apple approached Robert
    asking him for advice.

  • 45:55 – How’s Robert’s aquaponics
    system coming along?

  • 52:35 – Don’t be afraid to try

  • 58:15 – What’s the global reach of

  • 01:04 – Robert would like to focus
    on the local podcasting industry for the next episode.

  • 01:08 – What kind of podcast
    trends has Robert seen at PodcastOne?

  • 01:12 – Robert talks about his
    relationship wth Spreaker and PodcastOne

  • 01:19 – What kind of opportunities
    do podcasters have in the next 6-12 months?

  • 01:25 – Follow Robert at the
    Spreaker Live Show on Wednesday 3pm Pacific.




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Raymond Wiley is the host of The Shadow of Ideas. Raymond has
been broadcasting/podcasting since 2004 and has started three
different podcasts since then. The Shadow of Ideas is the first
podcast he’s done as a solo host and he’s loving it so far. The
Shadow of Ideas explores the world of current events, social
justice, and politics through the lens of history. Raymond talks on
how helpful the podcasting community is, why he’s inspired to do
his show, and so much more on today’s episode.

Show Highlights

  • 09:20 – Why did Raymond start the
    Out There podcast?

  • 12:35 – Raymond talks about
    growing up in Georgia.

  • 19:40 – How long does it take to
    prepare an episode for The Shadow of Ideas?

  • 23:15 – What was the Wilmot
    Proviso about?

  • 28:10 – Raymond started his
    podcast to try and get more from history.

  • 32:10 – Where did the name Shadow
    of Ideas come from?

  • 36:00 – The podcasting community
    is very open and helpful.

  • 41:00 – You can be authentic in a
    podcast and that’s why Raymond loves it.

  • 43:00 – Raymond talks about
    playing in a rock band versus podcasting.

  • 49:35 – What’s currently inspiring

  • 51:20 – Raymond loves True

  • 56:30 – Raymond’s old fan base
    likes what he’s currently doing even though it’s completely

  • 1:01:25 – Raymond loves expressing
    what’s in his heart.

  • 1:02:35 – It’s hard to win an
    argument with a conspiracy theorist.

  • 1:07:55 – A lot of history
    happened right where Raymond is located.

  • 1:09:35 – Raymond wants to do an
    upcoming episode about White flight.

  • 1:11:35 – Who has inspired or
    mentored Raymond?

  • 1:15:35 – Is Raymond educating a
    new generation?

  • 1:20:30 – You can find the show at, iTunes, and on Spotify.




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Rob McGinley Myers is the host for Anxious Machine. He is part
of The Heard, which is a podcast collective of several different
and awesome shows. The best way to describe Rob’s podcast is it’s a
show about the impact of technology on our everyday lives. Rob’s
interview style really brings out a lot of gems in people. We talk
about the impact technology has on kids, his podcast style, and his
weightless journey.

Show Highlights

  • 04:45 – Podcasting is a medium and
    not a genre.

  • 06:45 – Rob doesn’t listen to
    podcasts on an increased speed.

  • 08:00 – What was the first podcast
    Rob listened to?

  • 09:15 – Should we separate radio
    publishers versus independent podcasters in a different

  • 10:05 – How can Apple make the
    discovery process easier?

  • 12:35 – What’s Rob’s story?

  • 16:20 – How did Rob get into

  • 18:15 – Podcast Movement was great
    this year.

  • 20:00 – What is Third Coast?

  • 23:30 – What is The Heard?

  • 27:15 – As the show gets better,
    does Rob feel more pressure in finding better guests?

  • 31:40 – Rob explains what Love and
    Radio does.

  • 32:15 – Rob talks about how he
    came to create one of his podcast episodes.

  • 35:50 – Does Rob worry about how
    technology impacts his kid’s lives?

  • 37:20 – In the article, The
    Touch-Screen Generation, the author conducts an experiment to see
    if her child would eventually get bored of the iPad.

  • 39:35 – What’s Rob’s ‘studio’

  • 40:55 – Rob loves reading his
    stories in front of people.

  • 48:50 – People are more likely to
    reveal certain things about themselves in audio form.

  • 51:15 – How does Rob bring out
    such great stories in people?

  • 54:00 – Rob talks about S2:E2 –
    All My Days Have Been Guns

  • 59:00 – Rob talks on how studying
    comparative literature has helped his podcast.

  • 01:00 – What’s Rob’s Anxious
    Machine’s story?

  • 01:03 – Rob used to be overweight
    and believes being overweight is a math problem.

  • 01:11 – Rob makes a conscious
    effort to interview very different people.

  • 01:13 – What’s the story behind
    using the title S2:E5 – These Things Is Miracles?

  • 01:18 – What do Rob’s students
    think of his podcast?

  • 01:19 – Rob is both surprised and
    not surprised about his podcast show.




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Chris Cerrone and Laci Urcioli are the hosts of The Chris Cerrone Show, which is a topped ranked business podcast specifically for entrepreneurs. I have interviewed Chris in the past and I bring him on for the second time, because I believe the 50th episode should be an opportunity for reflection. Chris and Laci open up on why they stopped their podcast, why they hated a section of their audience, and their inability to say no.

Show Highlights

  • 02:25 – For this week’s guest, I bring back Chris Cerrone and interview his co-host, Laci Urcioli, for the first time.

  • 05:30 – This is the first time I’ve had a repeat guest on the show.

  • 05:40 – Every 50 episodes should be an opportunity to reflect.

  • 07:30 – Chris and Laci talk on why they stopped their podcast.

  • 10:15 – Chris was getting tired of who he was becoming.

  • 11:50 – Chris and Laci used that time off to become more knowledgeable on certain topics.

  • 13:10 – The hosts never said no to outside projects and got overwhelmed.

  • 15:15 – At the end of the day, Chris and Laci still love to podcast and are bringing back their podcast.

  • 19:00 – Don’t change the theme of your podcast just for your audience.

  • 20:35 – One of the mistakes Chris and Laci made on their podcast was trying to please everyone.

  • 24:55 – Despite not podcasting, Laci didn’t want to leave the podcasting community.

  • 25:55 – Chris started hating a section of his ‘audience’ or pseudo-listeners.

  • 28:15 – Laci received criticism from a listener that made her take a step back and look at what they were doing.

  • 30:20 – Chris loves helping people, but he doesn’t like it when they have ulterior motives.

  • 39:55 – Laci talks about how hard it is to say no to people who need help.

  • 43:20 – Laci doesn’t want to see people getting scammed.

  • 44:15 – Chris and Laci’s show suffered because they were focusing too much on other people’s projects.

  • 51:30 – How will Chris and Laci prevent themselves from burning out this time around?

  • 54:45 – The co-hosts just want to have fun and interview cool people.

  • 58:55 – Anybody who says you’re doing podcasting ‘wrong’ has no idea what they’re talking about.

  • 01:03:00 – Chris talks about Aisha Tyler’s podcast, Girl on Guy.

  • 01:08:00 – The hosts are trying to be more humble and have more humility for their 2nd season.

  • 01:09:15 – Chris talks about when he brought Laci on as a co-host.

  • 01:10:30 – What has gotten the two hosts most excited about re-launching their podcast?

  • 01:15:00 – Chris and Laci will always be honest with their audience about their journey.

  • 01:16:15 – I hope you enjoyed that interview. Feel free to go to the Facebook page and give me your feedback. Let’s start a conversation.

  • 01:19:10 – Don’t forget to rate and review the show on iTunes! Thank you!



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Rob Walch is the VP at Libsyn and the host of Podcast 411 and Today in iOS. I’ve been Libsyn’s customer for a while now since I’ve gotten started. I’ve had multiple interactions with Rob and I think there’s this notion sometimes that I’ve heard people say Rob can be a bit grouchy, I don’t know why, maybe it’s just people that don’t know him. That couldn’t be farther from the truth. He’s a lot of fun, has really, really quick sense of humor and we laughed a lot on the show. Rob shares valuable podcast insight, statistics, and why your audience isn’t falling for traditional marketing tactics. Hope you enjoy this fantastic episode.

Show Highlights

  • 03:05 – Rob will be seeing Minions with his son this weekend.

  • 05:30 – Podcasting is not going through a renaissance.

  • 07:15 – The White House didn’t vet Marc Maron’s interview with President Obama at all.

  • 09:50 – IMDB Pro is an excellent resource to interview celebrities.

  • 11:20 – Always be honest with your download numbers with advertisers.

  • 14:00 – Everyone seems to know what a podcast is these days.

  • 15:45 – Should you have an dedicated app for your show? Rob says yes.

  • 18:45 – Don’t release a bad episode just because you’re trying to stick to a schedule.

  • 24:00 – Hilary didn’t do podcasting well last time she ran for President. It wasn’t personable enough.

  • 28:50 – Rob talks about his podcasts.

  • 41:00 – Rob doesn’t think he’ll get the next iPhone when it releases.

  • 44:30 – Rob’s youngest son is podcasting.

  • 46:35 – Your marketing for your podcast is BS.

  • 51:10 – If your audience is happy with the show, they’ll tell their friends and family.

  • 52:10 – Rob shares podcasting stats.

  • 57:55 – Look out for Rob’s speech at Podcast Movement.

  • 1:00:50 – What’s happening in the next 6-12 months that Rob is excited about?

  • 1:05:10 – Beware, there are some Game of Thrones spoilers.

  • 1:08:55 – Libsyn has an extremely active community. Elsie Escobar has been a big help to that.

  • 1:11:50 – Please check out Cedar and Soil’s music and don’t forget to rate the show on iTunes.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

This interview, I spoke with the charming Vanessa Lowe. Vanessa is the host of Nocturne, which could be classified as ambient storytelling. It takes the topic of night time as its subject matter and each month is a new story with that as the theme. I found out about her podcast because initially she reached out to me. I’m so glad she did, because when I listened to her show I was just fascinated by it.

Show Highlights

  • 01:35 – I have way too many shows in my podcast app.

  • 05:25 – How did Vanessa get started in radio?

  • 08:55 – How would Vanessa describe her podcast to her grandmother?

  • 11:45 – Vanessa is not a natural night owl. She’s a hummingbird.

  • 14:15 – Nocturne episode 2 – Portal was very trippy for me to listen to.

  • 15:25 – Since Vanessa’s partner does sound for films, so she has access to an extensive sound library.

  • 20:00 – In ep. 4 – Alter Hours, the guest’s internal clock tells her there’s 25.5 hours in a day.

  • 27:00 – Ep.6 – (This is not) A Love Song is about the affects of mockingbirds on people at night.

  • 29:35 – We’re losing the night sky and it’s something we’re taking for granted.

  • 38:30 – Look forward to an upcoming episode about a different reality that happens at 3am.

  • 46:45 – Vanessa and I geek out a little bit about New York and some of the bars we used to frequent.

  • 50:00 – I saw a group of deaf people at a club and they were using the vibrations to dance.

  • 54:35 – Vanessa’s podcast has been received very well and she’s getting tons of feedback from her listeners.

  • 56:00 – Vanessa talks about the community around The Heard Radio and other podcasts.

  • 01:02:00 – Definitely check out Nocturne.

  • 01:03:55 – Check out for more music.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

I’m really happy to be a podcaster today because today’s interviewee is Brendan McDonald, the producer of the WTF with Marc Maron podcast. Brendan was a really great guest. There were many times he could have just easily given me a yes or no response, but I could tell he went out of his way to give me an elaborate answer at times when it felt like maybe I didn’t ask the right question. We talk about Marc Maron and the famous Obama interview in his garage, Brendan’s background, and so much more on today’s podcast episode.

Show Highlights

  • 03:45 – Technically Brendan isn’t a podcaster.

  • 07:45 – After Marc and Brendan got fired from Air America, they both knew they still wanted to work with each other.

  • 09:00 – When did Brendan first meet Marc?

  • 12:15 – Why did Brendan get into radio?

  • 19:35 – At the time, there was nothing similar to what Marc and Brendan were doing.

  • 24:15 – The WTF Podcast really starting taking off about 7 months in.

  • 27:20 – Marc can really showcase his personality on the mic.

  • 34:45 – The audio that’s in there has been left in there for a very valid reason.

  • 39:55 – Marc knows how to prep people before the interview and the pre-interview parts are always being recorded.

  • 41:35 – Brendan touches on the Obama interview and what it was like.

  • 48:55 – This was the first time Obama did an hour long interview with a podcaster.

  • 51:15 – Feel free to contact Brendan on Twitter @ProducerMcD

  • 51:45 – It was such an awesome feeling to get a guy like Brendan on the show.

  • 53:55 – Brendan is just an awesome producer and I think this kind of stuff comes naturally to him.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

I really had a blast talking to Lou Mongello for this week’s episode. Lou is a serious Podcast Junkie who has been podcasting since 2005. He’s the host of Walt Disney World Radio and has a very ‘what you see is what you get’ personality. Lou is definitely, definitely passionate about what he does and you can hear it radiate off his voice as I was interviewing him.

Show Highlights

  • 04:15 – Lou has won the Best Travel Podcast Award every year since 2006.

  • 08:35 – Why a Disney podcast?

  • 14:55 – Even though the word ‘passion’ gets used a lot, you really do have to believe in what you do.

  • 20:45 – Fear is a great motivator to pursue your passion.

  • 25:55 – You can’t fake it on a podcast. Your audience will know if you’re passionate.

  • 33:15 – What was it like having Julie Andrews on WDW Radio?

  • 40:35 – Different social media platforms work well with different people. Find your sweet spot.

  • 43:30 – I talk about back in the day when my dad wanted to do a family road trip. This was pre-cellphones and iPads, guys.

  • 50:55 – Lou is headed to Tropical Think Tank next year.

  • 52:45 – What does Lou miss from New Jersey?

  • 55:35 – There’s still a lot more growth to be had in podcasting.

  • 59:15 – Podcasting is serious business now. It’s not just the hobbyists that are doing it anymore.

  • 01:03:00 – What you see from Lou online and on his show is exactly what you get in person.

  • 01:07:35 – Let others know you’ve found a show you’re crazy about and don’t’ forget to subscribe!



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jessica Rhodes was the co-host of The Podcast Producers and also has her own podcast, Rhodes to Success. I talk to Jessica about her business, Interview Connections and how she got started booking guests on podcast shows. We cover almost everything from TV shows to booking guests to just kind of goofing around and having fun. As always, this episode goes well beyond the hour, but I think it was well worth it because we got some great gems out of Jessica.

Show Highlights

  • 03:25 – Both Jessica and I like having a connection with people before they come on our podcasts.

  • 09:45 – The best stuff on a podcast usually comes after 15 minutes.

  • 17:50 – You can just tell when guests are bored of doing interviews.

  • 24:45 – Jessica used to get starstruck by some of the big name podcasters.

  • 28:15 – If you’re not passionate with what you do, you’re just going to get bored of it and it’s going to show.

  • 35:45 – Kids are born entrepreneurial, but they get taught to follow the beaten path.

  • 38:45 – Jessica talks on how her dad had a big impact on her starting her own business.

  • 42:35 – Jessica had to make some cut backs in order to grow.

  • 50:00 – The VAs working for Jessica’s dad get to bill him an hour a month on coming up with new ideas to make the company better.

  • 56:30 – Jessica just started watching Breaking Bad.

  • 01:01:45 – How did Interview Connections get started?

  • 01:08:00 – Is podcasting a thing? Yes, yes, it is.

  • 01:13:15 – It takes between 50 to 100 podcast episodes before you really get your technique, confidence, and style down.

  • 01:16:15 – Jessica keeps her emails short when trying to pitch a bigger guest.

  • 01:18:55 – Jessica loved producing The Podcast Producers with Corey Coates.

  • 01:23:30 – I bet you didn’t know Jessica can sing!

  • 01:25:20 – I really resonated with Jessica when she talked about matching the host’s energy with the guests on podcasts



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Welcome to episode 44 of Podcast Junkies! Today we’ll be talking to Corey Coates. Corey is the founder of Podfly, a podcast production service, and the co-host and co-creator of The Podcast Producers. Corey is the kind of guy that says whatever is on his mind and so we should probably slap on an explicit warning here and there throughout the show. Hope you guys enjoy it and don’t forget to visit to rate and subscribe.

Show Highlights

  • 04:40 – Marc Maron interviewing Obama broke the record for the most downloaded episode.

  • 08:30 – Producing over-the-top radio commercials was a lot of fun.

  • 14:30 – People seek out podcast content where as listening to radio is a lot more passive.

  • 21:30 – For Corey, the length of the show is irrelevant. It’s over when it’s over.

  • 22:05 – Corey explains what a stab, stinger, and liners are.

  • 29:55 – Do we really need to be innovate in podcasting? Who’s innovating in blogging?

  • 36:15 – What is The Podcast Producers?

  • 47:10 – Listeners can tell when guests are speaking naturally and are not using their sales pitch.

  • 50:40 – How did Podfly start?

  • 55:30 – You can’t fake talent. If your show is awesome, your show will grow.

  • 59:45 – Podcasts are not competing with other podcasts, they’re competing for a listener’s time.

  • 01:04:00 – If you podcast, you have to be a Podcast Movement.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

I first heard about Liz Covart on The Podcast Producers hosted by Jessica Rhodes and Corey Coates. I really liked her take on some of the subjects she talked about on that show and wanted to find out more about her. Liz has a PhD in history and has a lot of interesting things to say about the Founding Fathers and early American history. On the show, we mostly talk about her background, her love for American history, and her podcast, Ben Franklin’s World. There is also a part where we geek out a little bit about Game of Thrones, so spoiler alert! Thanks for listening and don’t forget to subscribe on iTunes or Stitcher Radio.

Show Highlights

  • 06:30 – Why did Liz start podcasting?

  • 11:15 – Liz talks on why she loves history.

  • 15:40 – What’s one of the weirdest questions Liz has been asked as a historian?

  • 26:15 – Ben Franklin’s World has around 200,000 downloads.

  • 30:55 – Liz talks about John Quincy Adams.

  • 37:00 – Historians are terrible marketers and they’ve stopped taking directly to the public.

  • 47:00 – We geek out on Games of Thrones. Spoiler alert!

  • 54:45 – Liz already has guests booked from now until October for her podcast.

  • 01:03:50 – Even though Liz has a PhD in history, she still gets confused when people address her as Dr. Covart.

  • 01:08:50 – Remember Harry has an ebook out on Amazon!



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

I first met Jen Briney at New Media Expo and really loved what she’s doing with her podcast. She reviews the bills coming out of the House of Representative and Congress on her podcast. Be warned that this is not a 30 minute show! Jen and I talk about her podcast, how she got started, how she’s monetizing her show, and much, much more. Please feel free to contact either me or Jen if you guys have any ideas on how she can spread the word and increase her listenership.

Show Highlights

  • 03:25 – I really think what Jen is doing is a great service to this country.

  • 09:44 – There’s just so much to talk about what Congress is doing every month.

  • 20:40 – Jen never expected the fossil industry to have the kind of hold that they currently have in Congress.

  • 22:50 – Why is Jen so interested in politics?

  • 32:10 – Not many people Jen’s age is devoted to a specific party.

  • 38:50 – How are American’s really suppose to know what’s going on when the media is just so dreadful?

  • 47:50 – Jen is still optimistic about the US’s political system.

  • 01:07 – Jen uses a donation model for her podcast and does a deeper dive on this subject.

  • 01:00 – What’s so great about the podcast is that Jen has detailed show notes citing all her sources.

  • 01:06 – Jen and I talk about our love for the Joe Rogan podcast.

  • 01:18 – Thanks for listening to the show. I really look forward to the day where Jen is doing the Congressional Dish podcast full time.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Harry invites John Dennis on to show to talk about his background and a bit of his life story. John has a lot of upcoming projects he’s excited about and also shares some of his failures on the show. John mentions how he’s ‘too nice’ and because of it people try to take advantage of him and his expertise. He shares to Harry and the audience why he loves internet marketing, how he got started, and setbacks he had to take in order to grow his business.

Show Highlights

  • 01:25 – Harry apologizes for the long intro! Harry plans to launch weekly episodes every Monday.

  • 08:15 – Harry and John started their podcasts right around the same time.

  • 10:45 – How did John get into podcasting?

  • 19:50 – The best way to build trust and rapport is to provide value.

  • 25:05 – You have to always open the door yourself in order to get what you want.

  • 29:30 – How important is fitness to John?

  • 32:50 – John talks about the Procast Player he created specifically for podcasters.

  • 41:10 – John hasn’t released a podcast episode since November 2014.

  • 46:35 – Consistency in a podcast is important, but do not sacrifice quality to achieve that.

  • 50:15 – John thinks he comes off as ‘too nice’ and people will try to take advantage of that.

  • 57:35 – Harry really enjoyed getting to know John a bit better in this interview.

  • 59:55 – You can text PodcastJunkies at 33444 to sign up to the newsletter.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Colin Gray first started producing podcasts for his university in Scotland in 2007. On the university’s budget, he was able to try out podcasting and somewhere in between he fell in love with the medium. Harry calls Colin a podcast veteran because he was an early adopter to the art and Colin himself loves to produce season or series-based podcasts that are easy to consume. Colin Gray Interview shares some great tips on common mistakes podcasters are making, how he gets regular people to listen to podcasts, and more on today’s episode.

Show Highlights

  • 05:20 – Colin shares a little bit about his background and how he got started in podcasting.

  • 16:08 – Colin moved out of the podcast hosting business because it’s too much hassle for too little money.

  • 23:00 – For PodCraft, Colin prefers the season-based system, because it’s easier to find and consume.

  • 28:15 – The next season of PodCraft will be about how to monetize your podcast.

  • 40:50 – It took Colin 2 days just to create an extremely polished and professional 20 minute show.

  • 45:30 – Biggest beginner podcasting mistakes?

  • 55:30 – Harry recently repurposed some of his shows into an ebook titled Around the Podcast Campfire. Please check it out on amazon.

  • 59:10 – Colin really can’t wait to get his podcast course out into the world and to his audience.

  • 01:00:15 – Colin shares helpful tips on how to get more people to listen to podcasts.

  • 01:06:45 – You can find some great guests just by asking your mutual friends.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In today’s episode of Podcast Junkies, Harry Duran talks to The Social Strategy’s Vernon Ross interview. Together, they discuss the importance of maintaining real life values and sticking with your gut. Despite cries of selfishness, Ross insists on being choosy over who he interviews, and understands totally the way that podcasts and interviews can get you the information you want so that you can further your own learning.

Show Highlights

  • 00:44 – Harry Duran gives some background information about today’s guest, Vernon Ross of The Social Strategy.

  • 05:03 – The way you interact with your guests can lead to a host of other opportunities.

  • 10:07 – Use the skills you already have to get where you want to be – just be adaptable.

  • 17:03 – Setting a deadline makes your goal seem physical, real and possible.

  • 19:36 – Vernon talks about getting started in a world where social media was just beginning.

  • 26:46 – Making money from something that interests you really is possible.

  • 31:02 – Harry and Vernon reminisce about some of the old-school technologies they grew up with.

  • 33:03 – Giving people information directly doesn’t always work. Let them think for themselves.

  • 39:50 – It’s not enough to just be popular in writing. You have to have examples of you speaking.

  • 44:16 – You really do get out all of the effort that you put in.

  • 50:16 – The Clouds and The Dirt; an interesting philosophy by Gary Vaynerchuk.

  • 53:53 – Not everything goes to plan when recording, but work at it.

  • 56:00 – How to set yourself apart as a good interviewer.

  • 59:21 – Further yourself by talking to people who are further than you.

  • 01:02:18 – How is the rest of the year looking for podcasting?



In today’s episode of Podcast Junkies, Harry Duran talks to The Social Strategy’s Vernon Ross interview. Together, they discuss the importance of maintaining real life values and sticking with your gut. Despite cries of selfishness, Ross insists on being choosy over who he interviews, and understands totally the way that podcasts and interviews can get you the information you want so that you can further your own learning.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Justin Sisley Interview of Driven to Better Podcast is today’s Podcast Junkie for a very good reason – as an entrepreneur himself, he knows the stresses and challenges, and has chosen to highlight and celebrate the up and coming ideas of other ‘new and noteworthy’ businesspeople. In the episode, he also talks about how to find your niche guests, his own path to becoming an entrepreneur and why maybe he’ll never figure out the iTunes algorithm.

Show Highlights

  • 00:25 – Harry Duran introduces today’s guest, Justin Sisley – host of Driven to Better podcast.

  • 05:00 – What’s the impetus for becoming an entrepreneur?

  • 09:34 – Justin talks about the motivation for choosing lesser-known entrepreneurs as his guests.

  • 13:28 – What are the difficulties linked with guests who have never been on a podcast before?

  • 15:35 – An insight into some ‘interesting’ entrepreneurial ideas!

  • 21:16 – Reddit can be a great starting point for finding guests.

  • 24:35 – You’ve made the effort to network – don’t lose those connections.

  • 29:36 – Does anyone understand how the iTunes algorithm works?

  • 33:17 – There are so many variations of entrepreneurship; why limit yourself?

  • 37:37 – Figure out where to introduce structure to your day and watch your productivity grow.

  • 43:08 – The path to being an entrepreneur definitely isn’t easy or straightforward.

  • 49:52 – Natural-sounding conversations start with a genuine interest in your guests.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

A self-published book down, a traditionally-published one on the way, a successful podcast and a massively popular podcasting conference, Starve the Doubts’ Jared Easley Interview proves he can put his mind to anything. Recorded live at the 2015 New Media Expo, Easley shares his experiences, thoughts and opinions with Podcast Junkies on topics from figuring out the wonder of diversity, to getting people to support you with no proof, and recognizing potential and giving it a voice.

Show Highlights

  • 00:18 – Harry Duran tells us what to expect from today’s interview with Jared Easley.

  • 03:58 – As a podcaster, you can learn something from anyone and everyone.

  • 05:36 – Jared discusses his experiences during his time in the Navy, and learning about life beyond Alabama.

  • 11:31 – Starve the Doubts places the guests in the forefront and really shows off their personalities and stories.

  • 12:50 – Great content is only half the battle. You need people to find you and listen.

  • 15:12 – Good advice and strong support really helped to build Podcast Movement 2014.

  • 9:08 – It’s always difficult to get people to invest in potential, but not confirmed, success.

  • 1:08 – What are the logistics with organizing speakers for an event like Podcast Movement?

  • 4:12 – Demonstrating his versatility and success, Jared Easley’s published book will be released later this year.

  • 6:50 – Give out enough good energy, and something good has to come back.

  • 9:30 – The future of podcasting is bright and full of promise.

  • 1:18 – If you’re in the Chicago area, look out for Jared at Podcast Chicago on May 23rd.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ryan Williams Interview as a podcaster takes being astute and conscious to a new level. Host of The Influencer Economy, he is used to analyzing the influence and effects of any number of things on an audience – tie this in with podcasting and you have a guy who understands the importance of establishing a relationship with a guest, sharing that relationship with your audience and learning how to show your interest.

Show Highlights

  • 01.21 – Harry Duran provides some background info on Ryan Williams of The Influencer Economy, who is today’s guest.

  • 05.12 – It takes time to figure everything out in podcasting. Start small and work your way up.

  • 12.10 – Don’t worry if it doesn’t all record perfectly. Listeners appreciate the natural approach and the work you put in to produce your podcasts.

  • 13.56 – Be careful: Your expectations might not always end up as reality.

  • 18.52 – Starting anything new takes a lot of time and energy, so be prepared.

  • 21.31 – Let your podcast develop organically and naturally.

  • 24.21 – The conversation moves to the roots of The Influencer Economy and its beginnings.

  • 30.55 – Podcasting programs aren’t for everybody, but they can be a good way to start and make connections.

  • 32.15 – Harry and Ryan discuss the strains of podcasting when you have a family.

  • 39.43 – Even negative feedback is useful – someone’s taken the time to reach out to you.

  • 46.56 – If you started over, would you keep the same podcast name?

  • 51.46 – People want to listen to conversations where the topics are interesting and the participants are at ease.

  • 57.18 – The limits of podcasting are, quite literally, endless.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

It’s all about providing women with a voice when it comes to this Jessica Kupferman Interview. Host of Lady Business Radio and co-host of She Podcasts, Jessica is your one-stop spot for tips on raising a family while maintaining a business as well as how to use your own personality to draw people in and understand you. This strong-minded woman who knows what she wants proves every day that there are some places where men just aren’t needed.

Show Highlights

  • 00.19 – Harry Duran provides some background about today’s guest, Jessica Kupferman.

  • 02.48 – PRDCNF’s limited audience aims to gather like-minded individuals who are really focused on transforming themselves and their endeavors.

  • 09.13 – Try and do something different, don’t just take a cookie-cutter approach.

  • 13.55 – Whether you fill up for volume or you hand-pick your guests, they’re so important to the content of your podcast.

  • 20.25 – Don’t try to force your content ideas onto guests that can’t talk about those topics.

  • 23.41 – Let people see the real you and they’ll look forward to doing business with you.

  • 30.38 – Jessica considers the differences between how men and women spend their time when children are involved.

  • 33.02 – B-School might be great for you, but they might need to change tactics soon.

  • 35.53 – She Podcasts grew from an idea and a growing community of women podcasters.

  • 38.03 – Jessica’s She Podcasts Facebook group is getting more requests from women every day – Celeste from Huffington Post is just one example.

  • 42.04 – How do you know when to call it a day as a podcaster?

  • 50.54 – Podcasting can teach you a lot about yourself and about how you can find success in this industry.

  • 56.31 – What does the future hold for podcasting?



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Kate Erickson of Entrepreneur on Fire fame joins Harry Duran to talk about moving on from behind-the-scenes work and stepping into the spotlight herself. Kate Erickson Interview showcases her own topic-based podcast, aptly named Kate’s Takes, and in this podcast she discusses the difficulties of seeing through the doubts and personal challenges, as well as how rewarding and humbling it is when you can overcome any obstacle that gets in your way.

Show Highlights

  • 02:00 – Harry Duran introduces today’s guest, content creator Kate Erickson.

  • 12:16 – Figuring out whether to do a podcast by yourself or through interviews is a very personal choice.

  • 14:24 – Podcasting is an industry that even now, people are only starting to consider as an option for them.

  • 18:15 – So much of being successful is about overcoming the doubts you have and going forward anyway.

  • 20:35 – To improve your skills, you have to listen to yourself the way your audience listens to you.

  • 25:48 – A business can’t rely on just talking into a microphone – the behind-the-scenes work has to be just as strong.

  • 30:54 – The people you interact with can drastically change your perception of yourself and your own ideas.

  • 36:52 – Kate talks about the personal challenges she faces in her line of work, and how to overcome them.

  • 39:55 – If you’re not really being you, there’s no way you’ll stand out as being genuine.

  • 43:19 – There are so many opportunities for podcasters – here’s what the space is looking like right now.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Sue Zimmerman Interview is today’s Podcast Junkies episode, and she’s certainly no stranger to speaking in public or on podcasts about how social media strategies can transform your professional success and lifestyle. Today, she’s most commonly known as photo and filter expert, The Instagram Gal, and she talks about getting into Instagram, how your feed can work for you and why being true to yourself should be top of your priorities.

Show Highlights

  • 00:47 – Harry Duran gives some background to today’s guest, entrepreneurial superstar, Sue B Zimmerman.

  • 06:04 – Don’t underestimate the importance of background research. Your guest will appreciate the effort you’ve put in.

  • 10:13 – Even in this media age, the spoken word still commands so much attention.

  • 16:10 – Instagram is quickly becoming a force of its own in the social media world. Get on board!

  • 20:20 – However big your business is, Instagram is another source which drives traffic through your door.

  • 23:42 – Creative Live is a really worthwhile platform for people figuring out how to get the most from and for their businesses.

  • 27:24 – When your Mom is #InstagramGal, how do the kids’ social media profiles match up?

  • 30:53 – Zimmerman details her introduction and expansion into the podcasting space.

  • 35:31 – Thriving in these industries is about knowing yourself and promoting yourself with confidence.

  • 41:20 – Children are creative. How can we keep this creativity flowing so that we have more creative adults?

  • 44:46 – People don’t want the fake, supposedly perfect person. They want the real life you that they can relate to.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

With an ambitious goal of running a marathon in every state, listen to this Denny Krahe interview for an understanding of what makes him tick. A running coach for several years, he’s learning the ins and outs of online marketing to take that knowledge and grow his running tribe. Just try and keep up!

Show Highlights

  • 02:52 – PRDCNF is about surrounding yourself with people who operate on a different level to you – and learning from them!

  • 05:47 – Time is so valuable and we severely underestimate how much you can actually get done.

  • 06:56 – Harry brings the conversation round to the development of Denny Krahe’s site, Diz Runs.

  • 10:58 – It doesn’t have to be about superstars. Real life stories are what really connect with people.

  • 17:53 – As a podcaster, it’s important to mix up your styles and figure out what works for you.

  • 23:46 – Practice makes perfect: you and your show will develop and change as time goes on.

  • 29:15 – Harry and Denny talk ideal guests.

  • 35:19 – The world of podcasts has totally changed since its inception, and it’s amazing!

  • 40:13 – Whatever the motivation for your goal, set a target and find a way of making it happen.

  • 48:00 – The clichés about hard word and long journeys fit podcasting too! It’s tough, but rewarding.

  • 51:40 – Your body can cope, it’s just your mind that has to realize that and stick with it.

  • 54:15 – When hunting for guests, look for someone who still handles their own Twitter account!

  • 54:51 – Don’t go into your interviews with an agenda or a plan, just see where the conversation goes.

  • 01:01 – 13 It’s great to have goals, but don’t let them control you.

  • 01:05 – 58 For more information, head to or follow Denny on Twitter: @DizRuns



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this Jordan Harbinger interview, we go behind the scenes of the incredibly popular and long-running podcast, The Art of Charm. Hear how he and his partner AJ came up with the idea, and how he continues to increase the caliber of his guests. Always the lifelong student, Jordan is always entertaining and teaching at the same time.

Show Highlights

  • 01:40 – Harry does a small introduction on Jordan Harbinger

  • 04:00 – Be sure to attend Productivity Conference

  • 06:00 – Be aware of technical difficulties on today’s show.

  • 09:00 – Jordan at first didn’t want to outsource his editing, but now he loves his current audio engineer

  • 11:10 – How did it all start for Jordan?

  • 17:45 – Jordan talks about his Wall Street days and an important lesson he learned from his ‘mentor’

  • 23:00 – AJ, Jordan’s co-host, brought the dating skills on to the Art of Charm and Jordan brought his networking skills on to the show.

  • 30:30 – He and AJ took a break from the podcast, but Jordan couldn’t resist going back to it

  • 43:30 – It’s hard to be starstruck when you’ve done it so many times and have a focus on trying to get the best our of your guest

  • 48:00 – It’s important to get inside the head of the listener while you’re talking to your guest

  • 54:45 – There’s so much you can learn from podcasting, but don’t get into it if you want to make money

  • 62:25 – There’s a lot more noise now that it’s easier to podcast, which means it will be harder for people to find your show

  • 65:00 – Jordan is the same guy on the show as he is in person



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In typical end of year fashion, I look back at my first year of podcasting and recap my interviews for the benefit of both the listeners and me, to be quite honest, I continue to be grateful for the opportunity to have these conversations and to grow these relationships. Onward and upward for 2015!




★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this Ari Meisel interview, we hear how Ari went from being diagnosed with Crohn’s disease, to improving his health enough to be able to run an Ironman Triathlon, which is no small feat. Along the way he discovered what he now calls the principles of Less Doing. His motto is to Optimize, Automate and Outsource the 95% of things that we’re not experts at. He now hosts the popular Less Doing podcast and an annual 3-day conference in NYC.

Show Highlights

  • 05:30 – The more you start podcasting, the less time you have to listen to them.

  • 09:30 – Ari talks about his podcast, Less Doing, More Living.

  • 12:30 – Ari shares some of the early mistakes he made on his podcast.

  • 18:00 – The Less Doing, More Living podcast discontinued their transcriptions for more detailed show notes.

  • 24:45 – The Less Doing, More Living podcast has a great automatic process that Ari explains in detail in this segment.

  • 29:10 – Ari is doing a 3-day conference in May.

  • 33:30 – A podcast is a great way for people to find out more about you and get a general overview of who you are.

  • 38:10 – Despite Ari being a Tedx speaker and a podcaster, he still has problems with mumbling.

  • 44:15 – Ari is glad that everyone that he has really wanted on the show have said yes.

  • 49:10 – There’s a lot of interesting technology coming out of Israel right now.

  • 54:00 – EvanHD has a video that has 57 million views and it’s just him playing with a Play-Doh set.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Jason Stapleton is the host of Jason Stapleton Program, a top ranked show on Stitcher Radio, iTunes, and YouTube. He is a professional trader with over a decade of experience as well as a family man. He sits down to talk to Harry today about his show, the importance of having an opinion, net neutrality, and more. Jason shares some important tips that you simply won’t get any where else.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Guy & Ilan Ferdman run Satori Prime. Their company has a bold mission of influencing 100 million people by 2020. Not too shabby, eh? Talk about passion, these 2 have it by the bucket-loads. In this Ilan and Guy Ferdman interview, we cover the importance of personal connections, how the podcast has been an important vehicle for their business, and why the universe has a funny way of showing you what you need to do. Yeah, we’re all over the map here…and it’s a good thing!

Show Highlights

  • 10:00 – Ilan Ferdman created his podcast initially as cliff notes about other podcasts.

  • 15:00 – Ilan has gotten big names on his podcast and he’s surprised no one has said no to him or asked him for the amount of downloads his podcast has before appearing on the show.

  • 21:05 – Passion is infectious. Be passionate with whatever you do.

  • 25:30 – Ilan explains how they came up with the name Satori Prime.

  • 35:40 – Satori Prime is a leadership academy.

  • 42:50 – The universe has a funny way of showing where you need to be at the right time. Most people only recognize when they’re not there and they do not focus on the impact they want to have on the world.

  • 54:15 – Ilan doesn’t see the point of college. He thinks the experience is amazing, but in terms of education, it doesn’t make sense to get a degree in a field you are most likely not going to be working in later in life.

  • 01:04:50 – Ilan rather have his kids to have hands-on experience than college experience. That hands-on experience will go a long way than sitting in a class room.

  • 01:12:25 – People think if they reveal their dark side, people won’t want to be around them any more. Truth be told, Guy says the opposite happens.

  • 01:18:15 – We all have our moments, but if you own it and take responsibility for it, you can still make a difference.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Ray Ortega is definitely classified as a Podcast Junkie. He hosts the Podcasters’ Roundtable where a group of podcasters get together and nerd out. He first started podcasting about produce and has since expanded into the tech field. In this Ray Ortega interview, Ray and Harry sit down for a great episode on Podcast Junkies and talk about his various shows he’s started up and some other fascinating podcasting stuff.

Show Highlights

  • 07:50 – Ray talks about his first podcast.

  • 12:40 – Podcasters’ Roundtable uses Google +’s platform really well. Ray says he loves the live stream, the user interaction, and notifications that you can get with using it.

  • 18:25 – Ray’s show is about other podcasters sharing what they’ve learned about podcasting. It’s a playground, a sandbox, and a place to have fun and talk about cool things.

  • 30:10 – Reach out to Ray and always ask questions before you buy any gear. He’s happy to help.

  • 35:00 – If you see something lacking in the market, don’t be afraid to try and make it better or try and teach it better.

  • 41:30 – Ray used to be a police officer before he became a professional podcast producer.

  • 44:40 – We are all podcast amateurs, but as long as you learn from it, just do it.

  • 49:35 – Dave Jackson is a big mentor to Ray and loves what Dave can bring to the table for his podcast.

  • 52:00 – Ray receives a package!

  • 55:35 – Ray has a new episode coming out about compression.

  • 57:20 – Ray wants to tackle monetization, but he’s saving that episode until he can find the right experts.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Nicole Welch is the show host for Real Time: Real Men Only and talks specifically to men who want to build powerful, influential, and sustainable relationships in both their personal or business life. In this Nicole Welch interview, she sits down with Harry on Podcast Junkies to talk about tapping into your true inner calling and finding your identity in this world. Harry met Nicole at the Podcast Movement and both of them loved each other’s vibe. Sit down and learn with both Harry and Nicole today on Podcast Junkies!

Show Highlights

  • 07:40 – Nicole talks a little bit about her move to Honduras and the various gang members she helped.

  • 12:15 – Both Nicole and Harry share their machete stories.

  • 19:00 – Nicole tries to showcase the heroes on her shows. Guys like Harry who cleans up the kitchen before he podcasts. Show the guy that’s hustling and balancing all aspects of his life.

  • 22:20 – Open communication is so important for a couple, especially if you’re an entrepreneur and are always busy.

  • 28:45 – You need to know who you are, so that people can get this fresh perspective from you. Don’t follow the trend and be yourself.

  • 35:00 – Nicole believes that everyone has a calling, but most people truly don’t know what they want. They don’t sit down, take time for themselves, and ask the important questions to help them get there.

  • 40:00 – In order to have an adventurous life, you need to have the good, the bad, the painful, and take risks. There’s always a bigger picture, but you can’t get there if you don’t experience this range of emotion.

  • 47:25 – Nicole loves studying people. She loves to watch Tony Robbins in particular and how he is able to interact with a crowd.

  • 50:52 – Life’s too short to worry about what people think of you.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

John Corcoran is an expert in developing powerful networks and talks to Harry about how he was able to succeed with his podcast and more. At 23 years old, he landed a job as a writer for the Clinton administration. He says he was able to do it because he was good at developing strong relationships with the right people. In this John Corcoran interview, John shares some tips with Harry and his audience on how you can be a great asset to your network and gives you a little Easter egg worth of goodies at the end of the show.

Show Highlights

  • 6:00 – He loves podcasting because you can build a relationship you’re talking to for the podcast, you’re learning, and you get to help others.

  • 10:00 – Listening to your own podcast helps educate you and teaches special skills about yourself.

  • 16:10 – It’s important to get an experienced podcast-guest on the show, but it is also important to bring on the new guys too so that your audience doesn’t get bored.

  • 22:30 – There are people who don’t see the value in reaching out and helping people they’ve just met.

  • 25:40 – It’s best to keep on maintaining those relationships and always be on somebody’s mind, so you don’t end up being the guy who just got laid off and reaching out to all your contacts who haven’t heard from you in the past 3-4 years. It just looks bad.

  • 27:18 – Have a networking list and have goals to help you in the future.

  • 35:15 – As a podcast host, you really want to feel like you’re talking directly to the listener and that’s exactly what the listeners want from you.

  • 44:20 – Just let others know what you’re doing and let them know that you want to keep in touch with them. Let them know that they can sign up to your email list so you can be in touch with them.

  • 49:00 – John shares quick tips on how you can get a busy, popular person to come on to your show and be interviewed.

  • 52:50 – It’s important to keep the real life moments of podcasting in and unedited, because it just sounds better.



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this Kim Trumbo Interview we hear the story of what inspired her to create the popular Generosity Philosophy  podcast, her thoughts on charities, and the connections the show has created. campaign.

Show Highlights

  • 11:30 – Kim gets the idea for a podcast

  • 28:00 – Are the challenges with bigger charities?

  • 36:30 – The organic growth of the show

  • 42:00 – This wouldn’t have happened without the podcast

  • 44:30 – A heartfelt realization from Kim

  • 54:00 – Kim & Molly launch a 2nd podcast



★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this Jordan Agolli interview, we meet the dynamic host of the Teenage Entrepreneur podcast. At age 20, he’s already run a successful 20-person business, and is now working on several big ideas.

Show Highlights

  • 04:15 - – The preparation mindset Karate gives you

  • 09:45 - – The breakdown of the tournament

  • 13:15 - – The importance of surrounding yourself with better talent

  • 17:50 - – Jordan’s intro into podcasting

  • 19:40 - – Jordan’s first business at 14

  • 23:45 - – A business branding session

  • 27:15 - – The start of the Teenage Entrepreneur Podcast

  • 31:30 - – The birth of the Creative Rebellion mastermind

  • 38:30 - – The importance of face to face call

  • 46:45 - – Tips for connecting with your guest

  • 52:15 - – Is quality better than quantity?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Every once in a while you have such an inspiring conversation, it motivates you to do all you can to help the cause. Brandy Shea and Bryndan Thomas are traveling the USA for the next 2 years in search of 250 of the most compelling and inspirational entrepreneur stories. This is the story of the Quality Thrives campaign.

Show Highlights


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Following up on all the connections made and renewed after Podcast Movement, I’m back from the too-long hiatus with the host of the Event Supremacy podcast, the man himself, Mr. Vernon Foster II. In this Vernon Foster II Interview, we break it down and even drop some podcasting rhymes. You’ve been warned.

Show Highlights

  • 05:45 - Vernon’s background in live events & DJing

  • 12:45 - The origins of FinCon

  • 15:00 - Where are the Ah-Ha moments during the show?

  • 16:00 - The importance of ACT

  • 17:30 - Lead with the community’s ideas

  • 20:15 - The origins of Vernon’s podcast history

  • 26:15 - The OG podcasters talk podfading

  • 27:30 - Going back to the early episodes

  • 33:00 - Realize that you have your fans listening

  • 38:45 - The importance of being authentic both on and off the air

  • 44:00 - The new direction of Event Supremacy

  • 49:45 - It’s hard out here for a podcaster

  • 51:00 - What else is in the works for Vernon?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

As I continue with my goal of tracking down veteran podcasters, it was inevitable that I would have Dave on the show. Not only does he LOVE podcasting, he always remembers to have a fun time while doing it! Truly inspiring and educational.

Show Highlights


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

So this is my first solo show, and I decided to do something different. I happened to be traveling and the stars didn't align for a planned interview. I took the opportunity to do something different and give you a small taste of what my two days were like there. I really enjoyed it and will likely doing some of these every now and then in between interviews. An American Podcaster in London indeed!


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

It was inevitable. So don’t be surprised if all you hear is us geek out on podcasts on this Chris Murphy interview! What would you expect? I’m a podcast junkie, you’re a podcast junkie (wouldn’t you like to be a junkie too?) Chris is a good friend and we dive deep on why we love this format, and it’s safe to say you will be entertained!


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this Srinivas Rao Interview, we talk to the creator of Blogcast.FM, which has now evolved into The Unmistakable Creative Podcast. Srini has fascinating life story with plenty of ups and downs along the way and, to use his favorite analogy, has managed to ride the waves. His is a great story of perseverance and with his new Creative Salon and Instigator Experience projects, thinks are looking well.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this Tysen Webb interview, this radio DJ with over 20 years of experience, demonstrates how you can find your calling early in life and work hard to make it a reality. He's a truly entertaining and very energetic personality, who's now taking his experience into the podcasting realm.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this Jesse Lawler Interview, we discuss how this app developer took his interest in nootropics to create a podcast called Smart Drug Smarts. He interviews (literally) the smartest minds around on the topic of neurology, brain health, and overall mind fitness. He's a truly genuine and fun guy, and is having the time of his life.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Continuing with yet another podcast pioneer, we get to speak with someone who started their first podcast back in 2007. With his clean comedy podcast, The Ramen Noodle, Daniel dipped his toe in the podcast waters, and never looked back. He runs the network and is also the host of the award-winning show, The Audacity to Podcast. This Daniel J. Lewis interview is full of energy and his enthusiasm is contagious. What a great ambassador for podcasting.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Erik and AJ are hosts of the Abroaders Podcast. This niche show covers the ins and outs of what's known as travel hacking. It's the concept of leveraging credit card miles bonuses, through an efficient use of timing and research,  to travel around the world for pennies on the dollar. Each week they break down a new concept and provide up to date news on offers and tweaks that you can use. Essential travel info on this Erik Paquet Interview.


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In the words of Chris himself, he is "utterly unemployable". Hear how he ended up practically self-sabotaging his interviews when he realized corporate life was not in his plans anymore. We talk about his successes with mobile app portfolios, the importance of getting out of the way, and new ventures on the horizon.

Show Highlights

  • 02:25 - The voice of mobile on Dynamite Circle

  • 05:30 - Internet marketers as used car salesmen

  • 11:15 - You are the average of your 5 closest friends

  • 13:45 - Suits as the uniform of an employee

  • 15:00 - Was Chris sabotaging his interviews on purpose?

  • 19:15 - We all should strive to be experts at one thing

  • 20:45 - Why WP Curve for your Wordpress site is a no-brainer

  • 24:00 - Why automation is so important

  • 25:10 - The importance of Standard Operating Procedures

  • 26:20 - Go on vacation and see what breaks

  • 27:00 - Why you shouldn't fall in love with your idea

  • 29:45 - Why "Pick Your Brain" is code for free consulting

  • 30:20 - The origins of the App Business Podcast

  • 35:25 - Why you should ensure your podcast is actionable

  • 38:10 - Take your podcasts seriously and do your research

  • 41:55 - The continued importance of a mastermind group

  • 44:50 - Venting a bit on the app re-skinning game

  • 51:50 - The importance of partnering up with trusted friends

  • 55:05 - How Chris and David go about getting guests for the show

  • 57:40 - The first shows will always suck, so just launch!

  • 61:50 - The podcasts Chris started listening to at the beginning

  • 63:10 - A new SAAS product in the works


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

If you're up for a rambling yet entertaining discussion on not just podcasts, but Vegas, public speaking, hipsters, Gatorade Gum, Howard Stern and the story of how Chris has built up his show to a top position in iTunes, then you're definitely in for a treat. Chris Cerrone shows us why his hosting style is a breath of fresh air in a sea of mediocrity.

Show Highlights

  • 01:45 What the hell is a stinger anyways?

  • 10:15 What is it that draws you to a show?

  • 11:45 Chris' ode to Michael O'Neal

  • 14:50 Podcasters' obsession over New & Noteworthy

  • 16:05 Measuring time in podcasting years

  • 17:35 "Numbers ain't gonna put food in my kids' stomachs"

  • 20:05 Once upon a time, Chris was a real estate agent

  • 22:45 The evolution of Chris' speaking style

  • 23:50 How many people at New Media Expo are still podcasting?

  • 25:30 Chris is the co-dependent and says stop with the nonsense

  • 26:20 A lot of people don't credit themselves with what they can accomplish

  • 31:20 Podcasting has changed Chris' life, and this is why

  • 37:50 The emergence of the trademark 'bluegeno' t-shirt!

  • 39:50 Why managing e-mail is not his best use of his time

  • 44:50 Why Vegas' location makes it conducive to having guests Live in the studio

  • 49:30 The awesomeness of video and in-studio guests

  • 51:40 Chris loves Fizzle + Chase Reeves

  • 56:00 Why Chris is a fan of Podcast Junkies

  • 56:50 Why Chris is making it a point to find his own voice

  • 58:20 Why Chris is a fan of Howard Stern and Lady Gaga

  • 60:15 The origins of 'The Chris Cerrone Show' name

  • 62:50 Why Chris wants to fail fast and fail often

  • 65:30 The importance of having your own audience

  • 68:10 Chris is now consulting as a result of podcast success

  • 71:05 Why Chris feels like MacGyver

  • 72:50 A shout out to Gatorade for sponsorship

  • 75:20 Where are the hipsters in Vegas?

  • 77:05 Wanna get Chris fired up? Talk about Vegas

  • 78:40 Memories of when the Mob ran Vegas

  • 81:45 A little bit of a hipster rant

  • 83:15 Any idea what episodes 50-100 looks like?

  • 93:45 The importance of rating and reviewing podcast episodes


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

James Schramko is no stranger to those in the internet marketing space. As an astute student of some of the best early internet marketers, he has taken what he has learned and built upon it to create the Super Fast Business empire. An ardent proponent of what he's coined 'Owning the Racetrack', James truly shines at testing and tweaking all aspects of his business. He has used that approach to launch not just one, but 5 podcasts! He's got the process down to a science, and focuses his time on the tasks that only he is good it, ensuring that the remaining repeatable processes are outsourced, for maximum efficiency!

Show Highlights

  • 4:58 - Challenges when podcasters achieve fame early and the importance of recurring income

  • 5:58 - Why time is a harsh teacher

  • 6:58 - Like most markets there's only room at the top for a few strong performers

  • 7:30 - When did James understand the importance of recurring income

  • 9:00 - Why it's so important to segment your audience

  • 10:17 - The great thing about online is the immediate feedback and frequency of communication

  • 11:45 - How successful marketers make the best use of tracking behavior

  • 14:00 - How James understood the importance of frequent podcasting

  • 16:30 - Why James is currently high on podcasting

  • 17:15 - How James was able to write his upcoming book without typing a single word

  • 18:00 - Why James has fun with controversy on his podcasts

  • 19:05 - Why the importance of spending more time with a guest ensures you know them better

  • 20:15 - Why James is definitely not a Joe Rogan fan

  • 21:15 - Why comedy is good for engaging as well as entertaining

  • 22:10 - The launch of the Kicking Back podcast

  • 23:40 - Why it's important to be vulnerable and let yourself grow

  • 26:20 - The best device you have is the one you have in your pocket

  • 27:50 - Why you should never miss a moment to create content and importance of frequency

  • 29:40 - Why it's easier to get away with more cheese

  • 31:10 - The importance of being open to new experiences

  • 31:40 - James has only been surfing for 3 months but you never would have guessed it

  • 33:20 - When your obsessed by something you want to know it back to front

  • 35:30 - Why it's OK and important to keep falling flat on your face

  • 36:30 - How each podcast scratches a unique itch

  • 38:55 - James does only the work that James can do

  • 40:00 - The importance of making yourself redundant

  • 42:10 - 4% of the things you do will get you 64% of the results

  • 45:40 - The importance of community


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Elsie Escobar is the host of Elsie's Yoga Class Live podcast and might be better known to podcasters as the host of The Feed, the official Libsyn podcast. She's the Social Media Community Manager at Libsyn, and is a true podcasting pioneer. As one of the first women to host a yoga podcast waaaaaayyyyy back in 2006, she's seen and experienced a lot in this world. I was pretty excited to snag this interview and her passion for podcasting comes through loud and clear. I can't think of a better spokesperson. Listen closely for the guest appearance by Elsie's daughter! Elsie's enthusiasm is contagious, enjoy!

Show Highlights

  • 5:50 - How long did Elsie teach yoga prior to podcasting?

  • 6:55 - Elsie's surprise guest!

  • 8:40 - Elsie gets obsessed with podcasting from the very beginning

  • 9:50 - Who taught Elsie everything she knows?

  • 12:00 - The podcasting scene in southern California

  • 13:10 - Elsie as the first female yoga podcaster!

  • 14:30 - How she hit almost 70,000 downloads monthly with ZERO promotion

  • 17:40 - Why the yoga podcast is more a labor of love and why monetizing didn't feel right

  • 18:50 - Why she doesn't receive the typical email letters from her fans

  • 21:30 - Why her approach is so freeing and detailed show notes

  • 24:30 - The benefits of the yoga podcast

  • 26:20 - Which episodes are best to start with on the podcast?

  • 28:00 - When did Elsie get introduced to Rob Welch for the first time?

  • 30:20 - Elsie joins the Libysn team (Libysn version 2!)

  • 31:40 - The slow and steady growth of podcasters joining Libsyn

  • 32:40 - There's so MUCH more to podcasting then what the new shows are coming up with and why she's NOT cool with it!

  • 34:05 - Why she originally listened to entrepreneurial podcasts, but has returned to her original favorites

  • 38:30 - Why it's important to mix up the podcasts you listen to

  • 40:45 - What's the next wave of podcasting going to look like?

  • 43:45 - How long before most podcasters give up?

  • 44:30 - There's a sustaining aspect to podcasting that most folks can't handle

  • 46:30 - Why your guest has to be just as involved as the host!

  • 48:00 - It's not just you taking it serious, it's setting the foundation for others to take it seriuosly as well

  • 50:30 - Why the growth of podcasting is not going to stop anytime soon

  • 55:30 - Details about The Feed - the official Libsyn podcast


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this interview with John, we get a little more relaxed, away from the standard Q&A and dig into how this podcast rock star got his start. He explains how his nature and military training prepared him for this moment. We learn the origins of the Dumas name and key takeaways on how his mindset puts him in a position to succeed.

Show Highlights

  • 2:30 - The Birth of Podcast Junkies

  • 4:40 - What happened at 3am at the Cosmo in Vegas?

  • 5:50 - Talk radio is brutal and enough with the Miley Cyrus already!

  • 7:10 - Even non-OCD people are 'completists' when it comes to podcasts

  • 9:11 - What were the origins of John's need for control and discipline?

  • 10:50 - John's studio time and how he books his 8 Monday interviews

  • 11:30 - The benefits of standing during podcast interviews and France.

  • 13:35 - Being a recognized podcast voice can be creepy, but this is why it's actually not

  • 14:22 - Entrepreneur on Fire is actually coming out in French!

  • 16:00 - What are the similar tendencies of successful entrepreneurs

  • 17:14 - The Key Thing everything should be focusing on first.

  • 17:34 - What is John's avatar?

  • 18:21 - The most important step John took as an entrepreneur

  • 18:51 - Who's been on John's San Diego couch lately?

  • 19:38 - When does the Imposter Syndrome disappear?

  • 21:15 - What is John's broader picture down the road and the birth of Webinar on Fire

  • 23:45 - 'Gradual' is a relative term

  • 24:40 - Is it important to spread the 'podcasting gospel' far and wide?

  • 26:05 - Why does John do what he does?


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In this episode, online renaissance man Greg Hickman brings his passion for adventure straight into the world of Podcast Junkies. With a free-flowing conversation covering everything from old school hip-hop and mountain biking, what his new favorite conference format looks like, and how the importance of mobile continues to increase. He touches on the start of his second podcast and ultimately breaks down why he does what he does. Good peepz.

Show Highlights

  • 3:05 - Incorporating all his skill set in an effort to be the most well-rounded

  • 3:55 - Beauty of the Next Desk

  • 7:15 - Growing up on the East Coast and old school hip hop

  • 9:14 - The journey of a music podcast

  • 11:05 - Why Mobile Mixed is on a "Freakin' Misson'

  • 14:15 - The importance of a mobile strategy for your business

  • 16:40 - parallels with podcasting and mobile?

  • 18:55 - Everyone's doing the same type of podcast now

  • 23:10 - Some of Mobile Mixed's best episodes, and the mix of interviews and solo shows

  • 26:25 - How you measure success and why iTunes is only one measure

  • 27:30 - Approaching a podcast from a strategic perspective and avatars

  • 31:10 - Find your hardcore fans because you can' make everyone happy

  • 33:40 - Why Hover & Ting are not knocking down my door

  • 36:50 - Chris Ducker's Tropical Think Tank

  • 40:10 - Greg is speaking all over the place

  • 45:20 - How to run a better presentation

  • 46:40 - Single track conferences is where it's at

  • 50:40 - The transition from Corporate to Entrepreneur

  • 55:40 - Being proudly employable vs. proudly unemployable

  • 58:00 - Why Greg does what he does


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

Cynthia Sanchez is as interesting as she is charming. After a career as on oncology nurse, she managed to go from blogging to consulting, and on to podcasting. Along the way, she became schooled in the ins and outs of Pinterest and has leveraged to a position as a subject matter expert, being asked to speak at internet marketing conferences around the world. She talks about her start, her family and future plans.

Show Highlights

  • 05:10 - The birth of Oh So Pinteresting

  • 07:05 - The wonders of New Media Expo

  • 09:35 - Which shows got Cynthia started on podcasting

  • 11:00 - Family time with podcasts

  • 13:30 - Listening to mom on her own podcast

  • 15:20 - Celebrating the 50th Episode

  • 16:45 - Being a fan at New Media Expo NYC

  • 19:10 - Mobile podcasting is fun, and the benefits of the podcast purse

  • 22:15 - Building automation into the production schedule

  • 24:40 - At Pinterest's headquarters

  • 25:55 - The evolution of Pinterest as a business tool and a surprising letter in the mail

  • 29:30 - Benefits of a Rich Pin on Pinterest

  • 34:15 - Positive effects of podcasting leading to finding your voice

  • 36:25 - Getting better with speaking and unique presentations

  • 42:35 - How podcasters can leverage Pinterest, and how to leverage video and sound with YouTube and Soundcloud

  • 46:30 - The work that goes into each episode

  • 48:15 - Masterminding podcast ideas


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In today’s episode we have the privilege of speaking with Jeff Brown. With over 26 years of broadcasting experience, Jeff has a ton of history in the field and drops a ton of knowledge on us. He's also the founder of Podcaster Academy and we get deep into why he created this incredibly useful resource. With a voice tailor-made for radio, Jeff is an engaging, insightful and funny guest. The show includes a Miley Cyrus reference, and a touching moment with a caller contemplating suicide back during his radio days.

Show Highlights

  • 05:25 - The story of Dan and Alex

  • 06:00 - Jeff's intro into podcasting

  • 07:50 - Nashville and the music biz

  • 10:55 - Jeff's first foray into podcasts

  • 14:45 - The birth of The Read to Lead podcast

  • 18:05 - Dan Miller synchronicities

  • 22:10 - Applying his Creative Director skillset

  • 24:15 - The importance of evergreen podcasts

  • 26:30 - Why Jeff created Podcaster Academy

  • 27:35 - Producing live concert events

  • 30:25 - Fond memories of Nashville and the random Miley Cyrus reference

  • 31:45 - Jeff has a tough conversation with a caller

  • 33:10 - Jeff answers whether this is his calling

  • 35:35 - Speaking at Podcast Movement

  • 43:50 - There's no going back to the 9-5

  • 44:45 - The value of Podcaster Academy

  • 52:50 - You can't be in it for the money

  • 55:30 - Geeking out on podcast headphones

  • 58:55 - Apple CarPlay and the future of radio

  • 60:20 - Getting ready for the zombie apocalypse


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In today’s episode we chat with the founders of WP Curve, Dan Norris and Alex McClafferty. We get to hear the origins of that service, some of the challenges Dan had along the way, and how their both leveraging their individual skill sets to make the whole greater than the sum of the parts.

Show Highlights

  • 05:25 - The story of Dan and Alex

  • 08:55 - Finally meeting in person

  • 10:10 - Content planning

  • 11:45 - What Alex likes to write

  • 13:00 - Reaching the 200 customer mark and the re-focus on WP Curve

  • 14:25 - The benefits of income reports

  • 15:10 - Importance of downloads

  • 19:20 - How live-casting keeps you on your toes

  • 21:20 - Benefits of a structured interview

  • 25:00 - Working on the upcoming book

  • 27:50 - Lessons from the Agency Talk podcast and why Dan retired it

  • 28:45 - Why Dan & Alex are fans of their show format

  • 40:50 - What keeps Alex up at night

  • 41:35 - Goal setting

  • 42:30 - Their unique selling proposition

  • 43:40 - The focus of the podcast

  • 48:00 - The message behind everything they do

  • 49:55 - Why different skill sets are important


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

In today's episode we have the honor of speaking with Chase Reeves, 1/3 of the Fizzle Show crew who, along with Corbett Barr and Caleb Wojcik, provide a wide range of support for the startup and entrepreneur community. It's a very entertaining interview and Chase was a lot of fun!

Show Highlights

  • 09:30 - What is

  • 18:10 - Falling in love with Marc Maron

  • 20:00 - Podcasting as a cultural moment

  • 30:30 - The best education is jumping in

  • 34:20 - Not everyone needs a podcast

  • 44:40 - Fizzle show series "Finding Your Voice"

  • 49:20 - Favorite podcasts

  • 53:10 - How to be a creative

  • 57:10 - Where podcasting is heading

  • 01:03:00 - The voice that resonates

  • 01:06:20 - 4 points on personal branding

  • 01:07:20 - Making a beautiful Negroni


★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★

This is a brief overview of Podcast Junkies. Born out of a visit to the New Media Expo conference, I thought it would be create to start a show that focused just on that medium. And so, Podcast Junkies was born, or as I like to say, it's "the pre-eminent (nice word, huh?) podcast for aficionados, connoisseurs, fans, proponents, and yes, junkies of all things podcast.

Send comments to

Show Highlights

  • 00:00 - Podcast Junkies is born

  • 01:00 - The crowd goes crazy

  • 02:00 - Downloads start to pick up

  • 03:00 - Sponsors start to take notice

  • 04:00 - Begin speaking engagements

  • 05:00 - Travel around the world

  • 06:00 - Thank my loyal fans

  • 07:00 - Be grateful and humbled

Show Links

Tweet This!

Have you heard? @duranharry's new #podcast, 'Podcast Junkies' is LIVE! @podcast_junkies

How to Subscribe

Feedback + Promotion

Musical Curator: Cedar & Soil

Enjoy our outro music and if you know of any artists you'd like us to feature, send them along to | Facebook | Website

★ Support this podcast on Patreon ★